Design considerations for two-flight reinforced concrete stairs

by

Changmin Liao

B.S., Kansas State University, 2017

A REPORT

submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree

MASTER OF SCIENCE

GE Johnson Department of Architectural Engineering and Construction Science

Carl R. Ice College of Engineering

KANSAS STATE UNIVERSITY

Manhattan, Kansas

2020

Approved by:

Co-Major Professor
Jongchul Song

Approved by:

Co-Major Professor
Kimberly Kramer
Copyright

Changmin Liao

2020
 Abstract

The reinforced concrete stairs are commonly used in the built environment for many

years. In the early 20th century, the use of steel as the structural system for stairs has increased,

and reinforced concrete has decreased as the most common structural material. However, the

ability to make any shape, readily available materials, the compressive strength, and outstanding

fire resistance of reinforced concrete ensure that it is a vital material in the built environment.

Especially for stairs serving as egress for people to evacuate under severe conditions, reinforced

concrete as a building material stands out. This report presents a design procedure for two-flight

reinforced concrete stairs and provides a parametric study to analyze the relationship between

flexural reinforcement and critical factors: reinforcement design methods, geographic locations,

stair slab thicknesses, and boundary conditions. For this study, the materials are limited to

normal weight concrete with ASTM 615 Grade 60 steel reinforcing with a specified yield

strength of 60,000 psi. Twenty-four cases are designed with varying reinforcement design

methods, geographic locations, stair slab thicknesses, and boundary conditions. The purpose of

this report is to examine the differences in reinforcement design for reinforced concrete stairs.
 Table of Contents

List of Figures ........................................................................................................................... vi

List of Tables ........................................................................................................................... vii
List of Notations ..................................................................................................................... viii
Acknowledgments ..................................................................................................................... xi
Chapter 1 - Introduction ..............................................................................................................1
Chapter 2 - Background and Literature Review ...........................................................................3
Terminology ...........................................................................................................................3
Design Considerations ............................................................................................................5
Dimension Requirement.....................................................................................................5
Design Loads and Load Combinations ...............................................................................7
Gravity Loads................................................................................................................8
Dead Loads...............................................................................................................8
Live Loads ................................................................................................................9
Environmental Loads .................................................................................................. 10
Wind Loads ............................................................................................................ 10
Snow Loads ............................................................................................................ 11
Rain Loads ............................................................................................................. 13
Ice Loads ................................................................................................................ 13
Seismic Loads ........................................................................................................ 13
Minimum Reinforcement Requirement ............................................................................ 15
Literature Review ................................................................................................................. 17
Chapter 3 - Research Methodology ........................................................................................... 23
Methodological Approach .................................................................................................... 23
Data Collection Method ........................................................................................................ 23
Data Analysis Method .......................................................................................................... 24
Chapter 4 - Parametric Study..................................................................................................... 25
Design Information............................................................................................................... 25
Assumptions .................................................................................................................... 26
Dimensions ...................................................................................................................... 26

vi
iv
 Building Loads ................................................................................................................ 28
Load Combinations .......................................................................................................... 28
Parameters ............................................................................................................................ 29
Reinforcement Design Method ......................................................................................... 30
Geographic Location ........................................................................................................ 36
Slab Thickness ................................................................................................................. 36
Boundary Condition ......................................................................................................... 37
Results.................................................................................................................................. 40
Chapter 5 - Conclusion and Future Research ............................................................................. 50
References ................................................................................................................................ 51
Appendix A - Stairway Parametric Calculations ........................................................................ 53
Appendix B - Additional Calculations ..................................................................................... 143
Appendix C - Beam Design Calculations................................................................................. 183
Appendix D - Flexural Reinforcement Design Equation Derivation......................................... 191

vii
v
 List of Figures

Figure 2.1 - Stairway components ...............................................................................................4

Figure 4.1 - 180-degree return stair ........................................................................................... 25
Figure 4.2 - Stair clear width, landing width/length ................................................................... 27
Figure 4.3 - Riser height, tread depth, slab thickness, angle ....................................................... 27
Figure 4.4 - Notations ............................................................................................................... 30
Figure 4.5 - Boundary condition i .............................................................................................. 38
Figure 4.6 - Boundary condition ii ............................................................................................. 38
Figure 4.7 - RISA moment diagram of K-5-i ............................................................................. 39
Figure 4.8 - RISA moment diagram of K-5-ii ............................................................................ 40
Figure 4.9 - Slab thickness vs. flexural reinforcement area for one-way slab method ................. 46
Figure 4.10 - Slab thickness vs. flexural reinforcement area for beam method ........................... 47

vi
 List of Tables

Table 2.1 - Overview of stair code requirements..........................................................................6

Table 2.2 - Stairway live loads. ................................................................................................. 10
Table 2.3 - Minimum concrete cover for reinforced concrete floor and roof slabs. ..................... 21
Table 2.4 - Minimum concrete cover for reinforced concrete beams. ......................................... 21
Table 4.1 - Stairway dimensions. ............................................................................................... 26
Table 4.2 - Building loads, from calculations in Appendix A. .................................................... 29
Table 4.3 - Minimum thickness of solid non-prestressed one-way slabs..................................... 31
Table 4.4 - Minimum depth of non-prestressed beams. .............................................................. 31
Table 4.5 - Specified concrete cover for non-prestressed concrete members. ............................. 32
Table 4.6 - Minimum flexural reinforcement, As,min for non-prestressed one-way slabs ............ 34
Table 4.7 - Minimum flexural reinforcement, As,min for non-prestressed beams. ....................... 34
Table 4.8 - Minimum shear reinforcement. ................................................................................ 35
Table 4.9 - Minimum shrinkage and temperature reinforcement ratio. ....................................... 35
Table 4.10 - RISA results of shear and moment. ........................................................................ 39
Table 4.11 - Summary of tention reinforcement for stairway. .................................................... 41
Table 4.12 - Ratio of As,actual ⁄As,rqd, labeled with yellow. ....................................................... 43
Table 4.13 - Ratio of As,actual ⁄As,rqd, labeled with orange. ....................................................... 43
Table 4.14 - Cases governed by minimum flexural reinforcement, for one-way slab. ................. 45
Table 4.15 - Cases governed by minimum flexural reinforcement, for beam. ............................. 45
Table 4.16 – Tension/shear/temperature reinforcement for each case. ........................................ 49

vii
 List of Notations

𝐴𝑓 = project area normal to the wind

𝐴𝑔 = gross area of concrete section

𝐴𝑣 = area of shear reinforcement within spacing

𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = minimum area of shear reinforcement within spacing

𝑎𝑝 = component amplification factor

𝑏 = width of compression face of member

𝑏𝑤 = web width or diameter of circular section

𝐶𝑒 = exposure factor

𝐶𝑓 = wind force coefficient

𝐶𝑡 = thermal factor

𝐷 = dead load

𝑑 = distance from extreme compression fiber to centroid of longitudinal tension reinforcement

𝑑𝑏 = nominal diameter of bar

𝐸 = earthquake load

𝐸ℎ = effect of horizontal seismic force

𝐸𝑣 = effect of vertical seismic force

𝐹𝑝 = seismic design force

𝑓𝑐′ = specified compressive strength of concrete

𝑓𝑟 = modulus of rupture of concrete

𝑓𝑦 = specified yield strength for nonprestressed reinforcement

𝑓𝑦𝑡 = specified yield strength for transverse reinforcement

viii
𝐺 = gust-effect factor

ℎ = average roof height of the structure with respect to the base

𝐼𝑐𝑟 = moment of inertia of cracked section transformed to concrete

𝐼𝑒 = effective moment of inertia for calculation of deflection

𝐼𝑔 = area moment of inertia

𝐼𝑝 = component importance factor

𝐼𝑠 = importance factor

𝐿 = live load

𝐿𝑟 = roof live load

𝑙 = span length of beam or one-way slab

𝑀𝑐𝑟 = cracking moment

𝑀𝑛 = nominal flexural strength at section

𝑀𝑢 = factored moment at section

𝑁𝑢 = factored axial force normal to cross section

𝑝𝑓 = snow load on flat roofs

𝑝𝑔 = ground snow load

𝑞𝑧 = the velocity pressure evaluated at height 𝑧, of the centroid of the area 𝐴𝑓

𝑅 = rain load

𝑅𝑝 = component response modification factor

𝑆 = snow load

𝑆𝐷𝑆 = spectral acceleration, short period

𝑠 = center-to-center spacing of reinforcement

𝑉𝑐 = shear strength provided by concrete

ix
𝑉𝑛 = equivalent concrete stress corresponding to nominal two-way shear strength

𝑉𝑠 = shear strength provided by reinforcement

𝑉𝑢 = maximum factored two-way shear stress calculated around the perimeter of a given critical

section

𝑊 = wind load

𝑊𝑝 = component operating weight

𝑦𝑡 = distance from centroidal axis of gross section to tension face

𝑧 = height in structure

𝜆 = modification factor to reflect the reduced mechanical properties of lightweight concrete

relative to normal weight concrete of the same compressive strength

𝜆𝑠 = factor used to modify shear strength based on the effects of member depth, commonly

referred to as the size effect factor

Φ = strength reduction factor

ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑 = required area ratio of reinforcement

x
 Acknowledgments

I would like to thank my family and friends who have encouraged me to complete my

graduate study. I would like to extend my gratitude to the members of my graduate committee,

Professor Bill Zhang and Professor Krishna P. Ghimire. I would like to express my deepest

appreciation to my co-major professors, Kimberly Kramer and Jongchul Song, for their

unwavering support and guidance throughout my entire graduate career.

xi
 Chapter 1 - Introduction

Stairs are essential structural elements for vertical transportation within a building. It is

necessary even if the building is equipped with elevator, escalator, mainly for the use of

evacuation in case of a sudden emergency, or a natural disaster. The use of reinforced concrete

in structures can be traced back to 1853 when Francois Coignet built the first iron reinforced

concrete house in Paris. The building industry has been using and improving this composite

material since Joseph Monier’s patent, as it provides high tensile strength, compressive strength,

and durability when exposed to the environment.

This report begins with the design considerations of the reinforced concrete stair

structure: dimension, building loads, minimum reinforcement requirements, means of egress, fire

protection, formwork, etc. International Building Code 2018 (IBC 2018) and Occupational

Safety and Health Administration Standards (OSHA 2014) provide the overall dimension

requirement for the stairway. The building loads requirement is recommended by Minimum

Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-16). The minimum

reinforcement requirement is recommended by Building Code Requirements for Structural

Concrete (ACI 318-19).

Furthermore, the report covers the design procedure in accordance with ACI 318-19. A

comparison of reinforcement designed by using a one-way slab classification and a concrete

beam classification is included in this study to provide a better understanding of the

considerations when designing the flexural reinforcement. Additionally, this report contains a

parametric study, discussing the importance of four parameters: reinforcement design method

referred to ACI 318-19 (one-way slab, or beam), geographic location (high seismic zone and low

1
seismic zone), slab thickness, and boundary conditions. Results and discussions of the

relationship of each parameter are presented bases on the calculation.

Finally, the conclusions of the study and recommendations for the better design are

presented based on the data provided in the parametric study.

2
 Chapter 2 - Background and Literature Review

Staircase Structural Analysis and Design, by M.Y.H. Bangash & T. Bangash defines a

stair as “… constructed with steps rising without a break from floor to floor, or with steps rising

to a landing between floors, with a series of steps rising further from the landing to the floor

above.”

The stairway plays a significant role for people and objects to pass from one level to

another in the built environment. As regulations improved for the built environment, the

promotion of the function of a stairway as a required means of egress in case of an emergency

occurred. Even with an elevator equipped in a multi-story building, the need for a stairway is

demanded since the fire could cause a short circuit to electricity so that the elevator would stop

during a fire accident.

2.1 - Terminology

Various components and terminologies of the stairway exists; therefore, definitions are

provided. For this research, the focus of the topic is the reinforced concrete stairway; thus, the

elements and terminologies explained are limited to this topic.

As shown in Figure 2.1, the terminologies include:

▪ Flight - a series of steps or stairs between landings, levels, or stories.

▪ Handrail - a rail fixed parallel above the pitch line at the sides of a stair.

▪ Landing - an area of a floor or platform on top of or between the flight of stairs

for changing direction.

▪ Nosing - an edge part of the tread that extends the riser beneath.

3
▪ Riser - the vertical part of the step between each tread. The rise height is

measured as the vertical distance between tread nosings. Use a carpenter’s level

if the tread slopes to the front or the back.

▪ Stringer - the structural member that supports the treads and risers in standard

staircases.

▪ Tread - the part of the stair that for people or objects to walk or stand on. The

measurement of the tread refers to as tread depth, measured from the back of one

tread to the end of another nearby.

Figure 2.1 – Stairway components

4
2.2 - Design Considerations

This section introduces the design considerations for a reinforced concrete stair. Chapter

10 of International Building Code 2018 (IBC 2018) and Section 1910 of Occupational Safety

and Health Administration Standards (OSHA 2014) cover the overall dimension, arrangement,

construction of the stairways, guards, and handrails. Generally, IBC 2018 is for the life and

safety of the occupancy of the built structure, during its use, and the OSHA standards are for the

life and safety of the construction workers while the structure is being built. Both are presented

in this section. Additionally, Chapter 2 of Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other

Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-16) which covers the combination of loads is given. Lastly, the

minimum reinforcement requirement for the reinforced concrete stairs using Chapter 7 and

Chapter 9 of Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (ACI 318-19) is presented.

2.2.1 - Dimension Requirement

As shown in Table 2.1, the dimensional requirements according to IBC 2018 and OSHA

are given. IBC 2018 requires a minimum stair width of 44-inch while the OSHA Standards

require 28-inch. During the life of the built structure, more occupants may be in the building and

need to exit during a fire or other disaster compared to while the building is being constructed.

The riser height maximum is 7-inch and 4-inch minimum for the IBC 2018. This range of riser

height is required to encompass all sizes, small children to very tall adults, and ages of the people

who will use the built structure during its life. Additionally, the IBC 2018 requires all risers

between floors to be the same height. According to Ergonomics for Children: Designing

Products and Places for Toddler to Teens, scaling-down stair geometries for children are not

recommended, even for preschool-age facilities. The 7-inch United States of America “standard

5
works reasonably well for children” (Lueder and Rice, 2007). During construction, only adults

will be on the jobsite and using the stairs; therefore, the maximum riser height is 9.5-inch based

on OSHA requirements. Due to the reasons that IBC stairs are typically applied in areas that are

open to the public and with higher traffic than OSHA stairs, the minimum values of tread depth

and landing length required by IBC 2018 are higher than OSHA Standards. However, the

requirements for landing width by both standards are the same because of the structural

uniformity of stair.

Table 2.1 - Overview of stair code requirements

Stairway Dimension Requirement

Requirement IBC 2018, Sections 1011, 1014, OSHA Standards

and 1015 1910.25/.28/.29 and 1910.36

for Means of Egress

Minimum width 44 in. 22 in. (between vertical barriers)

or 28 in. (for exit access)

Riser height, vertically between 7 in. maximum, 4 in. minimum 9.5 in. maximum

nosings

Tread depth, horizontally 11 in. minimum 9.5 in. minimum

between nosings

Landing width Matching stair width Matching stair (platform)

Landing length Straight run 48 in. 30 in. in the direction of travel

6
2.2.2 - Design Loads and Load Combinations

Four types of design loads should be taken into consideration for reinforced concrete

stairway design: gravity loads, environmental loads, seismic loads, and thermal loads. The IBC

2018 refers to the American Society of Civil Engineers and Structural Engineering Institute

Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures 2016

Edition (ASCE/SEI 7-16) to provide design loads that are based on the geographic conditions,

stair materials and function.

ASCE/SEI 7-16, Chapter 2 Combination of Loads, Section 2.3.1 Basic Combinations and

Section 2.3.6, presents the load combinations for a stair structure design when using strength

design methodology. ASCE/SEI 7-16 Chapter 2 Combination of Loads, Section 2.4.1 and 2.4.5

presents the load combinations for a stair structure for serviceability design items, such as

deflection. Seven combinations for Strength Design and ten combinations for Allowable Stress

Design (ASD) are given. The Strength Design, i.e. Ultimate Strength Design, method has been

used in the American Concrete Institutes’ Committee 318 document Building Code

Requirements for Structural Concrete (ACI 318) since the 1971 (Pierce, 2015). Therefore, the

Ultimate Strength Design method is adopted for this research.

The load combinations are:

1. 1.4𝐷

2. 1.2𝐷 + 1.6𝐿 + 0.5(𝐿𝑟 𝑜𝑟 𝑆 𝑜𝑟 𝑅)

3. 1.2𝐷 + 1.6(𝐿𝑟 𝑜𝑟 𝑆 𝑜𝑟 𝑅) + (𝐿 𝑜𝑟 0.5𝑊 )

4. 1.2𝐷 + 1.0𝑊 + 𝐿 + 0.5(𝐿𝑟 𝑜𝑟 𝑆 𝑜𝑟 𝑅)

5. 1.2𝐷 + 1.0𝐸 + 𝐿 + 0.2𝑆

6. 0.9𝐷 + 1.0𝑊

7
 7. 0.9𝐷 + 1.0𝐸

Additionally, for use in load combination 5 shown above, 𝐸 shall be determined in

accordance with Eq. 12.4-1 as follows:

𝐸 = 𝐸ℎ + 𝐸𝑣

(ASCE/SEI 7-16, Eq. 12.4-1)

For use in load combination 7 shown above, 𝐸 shall be determined in accordance with

Eq. 12.4-2 as follows:

𝐸 = 𝐸ℎ − 𝐸𝑣

(ASCE/SEI 7-16, Eq. 12.4-2)

2.2.2.1 - Gravity Loads

Gravity loads indicate dead (permanent) loads and live (temporary) loads of a building.

2.2.2.1.1 - Dead Loads

Dead loads indicate the weight of the structure, which includes its roofs, walls, beams,

columns, finishes, insulations, sheathings, and MEP systems, etc. Commentary Chapter C3 and

Table C3-1 of Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-16)

cover minimum design dead loads for various kinds of materials and structural elements. For

this research, since the focus is reinforced concrete stairs, consideration of the dead loads would

be the stair structure self-weight and the miscellaneous load (0 to 5 psf) produced by electronic

devices in the buildings.

8
2.2.2.1.2 - Live Loads

Live Loads include any temporary or transient force that acts on a building or structural

element. Typically, live loads include people, furniture, and almost everything else that can be

moved throughout a building, indicate contents and occupancies of the structure. For this

research, live loads of the stairway are induced by people. The minimum design live loads are

given in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Table 4.3-1, and IBC 2018, Section 1607, Table 1607.1, and include

platforms (landing), stair treads, handrails, guardrails, and grab bars. These live loads are based

on the maximum load that will be imposed on the structure over its lifetime based on the

average-sized person. The structural design of a stair system must consider the effects of

uniform and concentrated loads on various components. Table 2.2 indicates a stair landing to be

designed for a minimum uniform load of 100 psf. A 100 psf is similar to having a 150-pound

person occupying 15-inch by 15-inch square (area). In other words, people shoulder to shoulder

using the stairs to exit the building in case of a fire. As shown in Table 2.2, handrails, guardrails,

and grab bars are designed for a uniform load of 50 psf which represents the force exerted by

tightly grouped persons leaning on or pressing against the railing system. The concentrated load

of 200 pounds represents the force exerted by a single individual leaning upon or over the rail or

a person or object impacting upon the rail. This 200-pound concentrated load applied in any

direction at any point along the top rail. The stair and exit way trends are designed for a 100 psf

uniform load and a concentrated load of 300 pounds applied any point on the element.

9
 Table 2.2 - Stairway live loads

Occupancy or Use Uniform load, psf Concentrated load, lb

Stair landing (platform) 100 -

Handrails, guardrails, and grab 50 200

bars

Stairs and exit ways (tread) 100 300

2.2.2.2 - Environmental Loads

Environmental loads are structural loads that caused by natural forces, such as wind

loads, snow loads, ice loads, rain loads, etc.

2.2.2.2.1 - Wind Loads

ASCE/SEI 7-16 covers the method to determine wind loads. For exterior stairways of

buildings in different geographic locations, wind loads would be different. Since the role that

stairs play in the building is not as load-resisting as other structural members such as columns or

beams, unlikely the method applied for the stairway would be the methods demonstrated in

Chapter 27, Chapter 28, or Chapter 31 of the ASCE/SEI 7-16. Therefore, the Direction

Procedure for Other Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-16, Chapter 29, Section 29.5) is applied for the

exterior stairway wind load calculation.

The wind load shall be by determined by the following equation:

𝐹 = 𝑞𝑧 𝐺𝐶𝑓 𝐴𝑓

(ASCE/SEI 7-16, Eq. 29.4-1)

10
where

𝐴𝑓 = project area normal to the wind

𝐶𝑓 = wind force coefficient

𝐺 = gust-effect factor

𝑞𝑧 = the velocity pressure evaluated at height 𝑧, of the centroid of the area 𝐴𝑓

Furthermore, the minimum design wind force for exterior stairways shall not be less than

16 lb/ft2 (0.77 kN/m2) multiplied by the area 𝐴𝑓 , as indicated by ASCE/SEI 7-16, Section 29.8.

For the interior stairways, since the structures have no surface that exposed to the external

environment, only the internal wind pressure shall be applied.

2.2.2.2.2 - Snow Loads

ASCE/SEI 7-16, Chapter 7, presents the method to determine snow loads. For exterior

stairways, especially in the northern states that often snow, the ground snow load is used of 20

lb/ft2 minimum. Certain regions may have different ground snow load determination due to the

local authority having jurisdiction, such as Hawaii, that they have zero ground snow load. For

exterior stairways on multi-story (mostly, the roof) other than just the ground, the snow load

adjustment may be made by the following equation, with the accordance of ASCE/SEI 7-16,

Section 7.3:

𝑝𝑓 = 0.7𝐶𝑒 𝐶𝑡 𝐼𝑠 𝑝𝑔

(ASCE/SEI 7-16, Eq. 7.3-1)

11
where

𝐶𝑒 = exposure factor

𝐶𝑡 = thermal factor

𝐼𝑠 = importance factor

𝑝𝑓 = snow load on flat roofs

𝑝𝑔 = ground snow load

Moreover, for treads in different vertical distance, snow load adjustment may be made by

snow drifts. According to ASCE/SEI 7-16, Section 7.7.1, the considerations of the load caused

by snowdrifts are not required if ℎ𝑐 /ℎ𝑏 is less than 0.2 (where, ℎ𝑐 is the clear height from top of

balanced snow load to closet point of adjacent upper tread; ℎ𝑏 is the height of balanced snow

load determining by dividing the stairway snow load 𝑝𝑓 by the snow intensity 𝛾, in ft (m)). The

snow intensity 𝛾 shall be determined by the following equation:

𝛾 = 0.13𝑝𝑔 + 14 but not more than 30 pcf

(ASCE/SEI 7-16, Eq. 7.7-1)

(in SI: 𝛾 = 0.426𝑝𝑔 + 2.2, but not greater than 4.7 kN/m3)

Additionally, for locations where 𝑝𝑔 is equal to or less than 20 lb/ft2 (0.96 kN/m2), but

not zero, the exterior stairways with a sloping landing with slopes less than 𝑊/50 in ft (or

𝑊/15.2 in m) shall include a 5 lb/ft2 (0.24 lb/ft2) rain-on-snow surcharge load. This additional

load needs not to be used in combination with snowdrift.

For interior stairways, no snow load shall be applied, unless the building is exposed to the

external environment (such as a parking garage).

12
2.2.2.2.3 - Rain Loads

ASCE/SEI 7-16, Chapter 8, covers the rain loads. Generally, rain loads are not required

unless the span of treads or landings is long enough to form a puddle of water.

2.2.2.2.4 - Ice Loads

ASCE/SEI 7-16, Chapter 10, covers the ice loads. An exterior stairway is defined as an

ice-sensitive structure because of the long span of treads and landings, and the different vertical

distances of each tread, it accumulates an excessive load of snow resulting in built-up ice.

2.2.2.3 - Seismic Loads

ASCE/SEI 7-16, Chapter 11, demonstrates the design criteria for seismic loads. It is

known that most stairways do not serve as the main load-bearing structural elements in the

building, and most of them are not even part of the seismic lateral force-resisting system.

Therefore, the adequate method for stairway seismic design is demonstrated by Chapter 13, for

nonstructural components. However, researches show that stairways effect on buildings’ seismic

behavior by their existence and locations inside the building, thereby changing the overall

stiffness magnitude, stiffness distribution, and force distribution of the building. Furthermore,

stairways serve as the main egress exit for emergencies such as fire, and natural disasters such as

earthquakes; it is significant to pay attention in stairway seismic analysis and design so that this

part of the structure remains functional and integrated with the seismic later force-resisting

system.

The following equation determines the horizontal seismic design force:

13
 0.4𝑎𝑝 𝑆𝐷𝑆 𝑊𝑝 𝑧
𝐹𝑝 = (1 + 2 )
𝑅𝑝 ℎ
( )
𝐼𝑝

(ASCE/SEI 7-16, Eq. 13.3-1)

𝐹𝑃 is not required to be taken as larger than

𝐹𝑝 = 1.6𝑆𝐷𝑆 𝐼𝑝 𝑊𝑝

(ASCE/SEI 7-16, Eq. 13.3-2)

and 𝐹𝑝 shall not be taken as less than

𝐹𝑝 = 0.3𝑆𝐷𝑆 𝐼𝑝 𝑊𝑝

(ASCE/SEI 7-16, Eq. 13.3-3)

The following equation determines the vertical seismic design force:

𝐹𝑝 = ±0.2𝑆𝐷𝑆 𝑊𝑝

(ASCE/SEI 7-16, Section 13.3.1)

where

𝑎𝑝 = component amplification factor

ℎ = average roof height of the structure with respect to the base

𝐼𝑝 = component importance factor

𝑅𝑝 = component response modification factor

𝑆𝐷𝑆 = spectral acceleration, short period

𝑊𝑝 = component operating weight

𝑧 = height in structure

14
 The component importance factor, 𝐼𝑝 , shall be taken as 1.50 since egress stairways are

required to function for life-safety purposes after an earthquake or a fire incident, with the

accordance of ASCE/SEI 7-16, Section 13.1.3.

Steel framed stairs contain components that anchored to concrete foundation. For

anchors in concrete, ACI 318-19 Chapter 17 provides the design requirements that govern

concrete breakout and pullout strength in tension. Since the topic of this research is about

reinforced concrete stairway design that often produced by formwork-making, reinforcement-

placement, and concrete-pouring, the requirements for anchors in concrete are beyond the scope

of this research.

2.2.3 - Minimum Reinforcement Requirement

Steel reinforcement provides strength against tensile stress that concrete lacks and assists

concrete stairs to transfer loads to the ground. Moreover, steel reinforcement helps the concrete

to improve its resistance to shear, and torsional force resulted from surrounding elements and

boundary conditions.

ACI 318-19 does not provide an exclusive chapter to indicates the reinforcement design

for the concrete stairways. However, structural behavior of a reinforced concrete stair may be

taken as the same as either as a one-way slab, or a beam.

A one-way slab carries the load in one direction; thereby, it carries flexural stresses in

one direction. Generally, the reinforcement designed for the one-way slab is for the spanning

direction along with the main direction reinforcement parallel to the span, longitudinal, and the

transverse direction reinforcement perpendicular to the span. As for a longitudinally spanning

staircase, often two or more supports at both ends of the structure exist, including slab and

15
landing. For each component, it bends in the same direction. As for a transversely spanning

staircase, which often has the slab supported between two stringer beams or walls, it is

comprehensive to determine whether it should be considered as a one-way or a two-way slab.

However, as a rule of thumb for differentiating between one-way slabs and two-way slabs is if

the length-to-breadth ratio (taken as long side divided by short side of span) is equal or greater

than 2.0, the slab is considered as one-way, and vice versa. IBC 2018 indicates a minimum

clear width of 48 inches (IBC 2018, Section 1009.3) for a stairway between stories to satisfy the

standard of an accessible means of egress. It also indicates a maximum vertical rise of 12 feet

for the stairway between landings (IBC 2018, Section 1011.8). If performing a right triangle

calculation based on the 4 inches minimum riser height and 11 inches minimum tread depth, the

value of the hypotenuse would be around 12-inch, with 12-foot vertical rise height, the length of

the slab would be around 35-foot, which is more than two times of the clear width. Therefore, a

concrete stair may be considered as a one-way slab system.

A concrete beam is less structurally redundant and can span longer than a one-way slab.

Generally, the concrete stair would require more reinforcement if applying the beam method

instead of the one-way slab method because the increasing concrete cover of beam would result

in a decreasing distance from extreme compression fiber to centroid of longitudinal tension

reinforcement, thus requiring more strength provided by the reinforcement to resist the flexural

strength acting on the stairs. Since a beam carries the load from the upper floor, it also

experiences torsional strength, as one of the most significant design considerations. For

example, a floor beam transfers load from the slab above to the spandrel beam in a concrete

structural system. Depending on the stiffness and flexibility of the spandrel beam, torsion may

16
be induced, which would be the moment transferred by the floor beam to its ends in contact with

the spandrel beam. A stiff edge beam has more torsional resistance than a flexible edge beam.

In order to reduce crack size in concrete due to the initial dry shrinkage as concrete cures

and future expansion caused by temperature changes, temperature and shrinkage reinforcement is

often applied. ACI 318-19 Commentary states that the use of temperature and shrinkage

reinforcement is intended for structural slabs only (ACI 318-19, R24.4.1). However, the need

for temperature and shrinkage reinforcement might be significant for the concrete stairway

designed by the concrete beam method as well. Because of the relatively large values of clear

width and span length of the concrete stairway designed by IBC standard, even if treating a

concrete stairway as a concrete beam, the large surface area of the concrete would probably

result in the demand for distribution reinforcement to deal with the future expansion due to

temperature changes. However, it might also cause an overdesign as it could take extra time and

materials to affect the design and construction. The design and construction teams should

communicate with each other whether the temperature reinforcement is necessary for a beam.

2.3 - Literature Review

Engineers and designers should consider many factors when designing reinforced

concrete stairs. Some factors have been defined, and the answers to those considerations have

been provided by the building codes and standards, such as the minimum requirement of

stairway sizing and load provided by IBC 2018. Some factors appear in the design process,

depending on various design conditions or field conditions, they may not be covered thoroughly

by the building codes and standards. Engineering judgment should be made by the engineers and

designers, based on their professional experience. Meanwhile, relevant researches regarding the

17
issues encountered in the design process should be reviewed as the problems might have been

answered by the experts. The following review of literature presents the findings relevant to the

design considerations of the reinforced concrete stairway.

Maintaining tolerance of the stairway is important to avoid a trip-and-fall accident.

Section 7.2.2.3.6 of the Life Safety Code states, “There shall be no variation in excess of 3/16-in

in the depth of adjacent risers, and the tolerance between the largest and smallest riser shall not

exceed 3/8-in in any flight.” However, the difficulty in meeting the requirement and the

expensiveness of the correction action of the stairway remains tough. A study by Heather J.

Brown and Bruce A. Suprenant (2007) managed to collect data from 10 sets of stairs chosen in

each of the three general types of buildings: government agencies, schools, and offices/medical.

The result shows that 30% of the adjoining stair measurements don’t meet the requirement that

adjacent risers can’t differ more than 3/16-in, and 82% of the riser measurements don’t meet the

condition that the maximum-minus-minimum value can’t exceed 3/8-in. The authors explain

that it is difficult to form stair risers within tolerance under the code requirement because of the

imperfect construction process. Stairway maintenance could also be a reason as the concrete

erodes over time. When the out-of-tolerance condition happens, it is expensive to perform

corrective actions since the modification of one tread elevation will influence the adjacent riser

heights. The authors also point out that no studies are showing that the adjacent risers with a

3/16-in difference in height are less likely to cause a trip-and-fall accident than the adjacent

risers with a 1/4-in difference or more. Therefore, the requirements of adjacent riser height and

maximum-minus-minimum difference are not very practical to apply in the construction process.

The article Effect of Staircase on The Seismic Behavior of RC Moment Frame Buildings

published by Azadeh Noorifard and Mohammad Reza Tabeshpour on July 19th, 2018, studied

18
the effect of the staircase on seismic behavior of the structure. Although the professors who put

effort into this study were not applying American building codes (instead they applied Australian

Standard, Nepal National Building code, etc.), the idea behind this study is universal for different

regions with different regulations. The authors described the effect of the stairway on seismic

behavior of the structure in three aspects: increase in stiffness, changes in stiffness distribution,

and changes in force distribution. Diving into more details about the effects. An increase in

stiffness often represented as the reduction of the natural period and the reduction of lateral

displacement. Changes in stiffness distribution lead to the geometry of the architectural and

structural plan, the inclined slab of a staircase, infills around the stairs, number of structural bays,

the dimension of the staircase frame, and the location of the staircase. Changes in force

distribution mean the increase in internal forces of landing frame, reduction of internal effects of

other structures, and short column. For stiffness, researchers selected a southern building with a

width of 6 meters under the influences of bare frame, frame with staircase slabs, and frame with

stringer beams, to study the impact on the reduction of the period and drift ratio of structure. The

results showed an essential change in stiffness, drift ratio, as well as displace and period for the

frame with staircase slabs since it works as a K-shaped bracing in longitude direction and as a

delinked shear wall in the transverse direction of the staircase. As for stringer beams only

performing as bracing in longitude direction thus its effect in the transverse direction is barely

considerable. For distribution of stiffness, a fire stopping wall built around the staircase

performs like an infilled wall against lateral forces. Therefore, it rearranges the stiffness focus in

the structure. The researchers compared the results of period and mode shape, eccentricity, and

the ratio of the maximum relative story drift to the average relative story drift in story three of

the building under the two circumstances that either locating the staircase at the middle of the

19
corner. Furthermore, more groups of modeling were studied by the researchers as they continued

to compare the shear distribution and moment distribution under the seismic force. The reason

why they could manage to do that was that internal force fundamentally changed under the

influence of the increase of stiffness.

When comparing reinforced concrete with other structural materials, one topic is

inevitable: fire resistance. According to Table 2.3 and Table 2.4, reinforced concrete tends to

have 1 to 4 hours of fire-resistance rating depending on the different aggregate types, concrete

covers, and beam widths. Since IBC requires at least a 1-hour fire-resistance rating for any

connecting interior exit stairway, the reinforced concrete is an excellent material to satisfy that

requirement. In order to study the size effect on fire performance of structural concrete, research

by Dronnadula V. Reddy, Khaled Sobhan, Lixian Liu, and Jody D. Young Jr. (2015)

concentrated on the size effect on the fire performance of axially loaded square RC columns and

supported reinforced beams. The connection between their focuses and stairway is that the

stairway could be treated as a beam since it is spanned toward horizontally, as mentioned in

Section 2.2.3 for this report. The scope of their study includes the relationship between the fire

endurance of RC beams and the cross-sectional size and the relationship between the fire

endurance of RC beams and the concrete cover thickness. By comparing the curves developed

by numerical modeling, the outcomes show that the fire endurance of RC beams increases

slightly with the increase of cross-sectional width, and almost stays the same with the increase of

cross-sectional depth. And, the fire resistance of RC beams improves significantly by properly

increasing the concrete cover thickness. However, it is not practical to exorbitantly increase the

concrete cover thickness to maximize the fire resistance of RC beams, as the authors clarified.

20
 Table 2.3 - Minimum concrete cover for reinforced concrete floor and roof slabs

Table 2.4 - Minimum concrete cover for reinforced concrete beams

Eurocode 2 and United Kingdom practices are used as a reference at the preparation stage

of this research. Accordingly, the concrete Grade is 30/37 MPa (cylinder strength/cube strength)

with a maximum aggregate of 20 mm (0.79-inch) for the general staircase uses. For the staircase

in internal use, the nominal cover is 15 mm (0.59-inch) or bar size, plus ∆𝐶𝑑𝑒𝑣 (an allowance in

design for deviation), which is either 5 mm (0.20-inch) or 10 mm (0.39-inch), determined by a

contractor. Compared with the USA standard, the specified concrete cover for members not

exposed to weather is either 0.75-inch or 1.5-inch, depending on member difference and

reinforcement sizes and type of element (Table 20.6.1.3.1, ACI 318-19). The values of the

21
concrete cover tend to be close. Furthermore, the formula of minimum area of tension

reinforcement recommended by Eurocode 2 is:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.26𝑏𝑡 𝑑𝑓𝑐𝑡𝑚 /𝑓𝑦𝑘 ≥ 0.0013𝑏𝑡 𝑑

(Eq. 9.1N, Eurocode 2)

For concrete Grade 30/37 MPa and 𝑓𝑦𝑘 = 500 MPa, the formula should be adjusted as:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.0015𝑏𝑡 𝑑

Similarly, ACI standard recommends the 𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 to be 0.0014𝐴𝑔 (if it governs) with specified

yield strength equal to or greater than 60,000 psi (414 MPa). However, the differences between

the European standard and the USA standard are still excessive in terms of requirements of

staircase dimensions, building load determinations, bar spacing, and so forth. Therefore, the

parametric study does not use the Eurocode 2 as a reference to avoid excessive diversities.

22
 Chapter 3 - Research Methodology

This chapter indicates the research methodology applied to this research. It describes the

methodological approach, method of data collection, and method of data analysis.

3.1 - Methodological Approach

The core of this report is to provide a detailed guideline of reinforced concrete stairway

design. Previously, countless research papers about the reinforced concrete staircase, in terms of

properties, functioning, aesthetic aspect, etc. have occurred. The world has been designing

concrete stairs for hundreds of years (The Ingalls Building, built in 1903). The design method of

the reinforced concrete stairway is based on the existing standards and codes (IBC 2018, OSHA

2014, ASCE/SEI 7-16, and ACI 318-19). Fundamentally, the proposed research topic appears as

a form of research but also based on an existing research subject. Therefore, the quantitative

method was held for this study to explore the reinforcement design for the concrete stairway

under different conditions.

3.2 - Data Collection Method

The existing data method was applied for this research since most of the information was

collected from the current regulations or literature. Moreover, a parametric study was performed

to analyze the difference between reinforcement designed by the one-way slab method and the

beam method. The parameters include the reinforcement design method, geographic location,

slab thickness, and boundary condition. More of this study is discussed in Chapter 4 Parametric

Study.

23
3.3 - Data Analysis Method

The parametric study focuses on the cause-and-effect relationships between those

parameters and the resulted reinforcement. Excel and RISA 3D were applied to perform the

calculations of the study. As the results come out, an analysis targeting the number of layers of

reinforcement, the relationship between required flexural reinforcement and actual flexural

reinforced applied, governing minimum flexural reinforcement, and the changing tendency of

reinforcement as slab thickness increases will be performed.

24
 Chapter 4 - Parametric Study

This parametric study seeks to compare the difference of reinforcement for a concrete

stairway designed under different conditions. The parameters include the reinforcement design

method referred to ACI 318-19 (one-way slab, or beam), geographic location (high seismic zone

and low seismic zone), slab thickness, and boundary condition. Consequently, 24 design cases

are examined for this study. The design methods applied for this study are based on Chapter 7

and Chapter 9 of ACI 318-19. Appendix A and B of this report elucidate the design process for

each case.

4.1 - Design Information

According to Figure 4.1, the parametric study emphasizes the design of an interior, 180-

degree return stair made of reinforced concrete. The stairway is longitudinally spanning, with

one or more supports at each end of the stair structure. The selected building locations include

Manhattan, Kansas, and Los Angeles, California.

Figure 4.1 - 180-degree return stair

25
4.1.1 - Assumptions

(1) Longitudinally spanning stairway, where the torsional effect is neglected

(2) No slope for the step nosing, thereby treating the step as a right triangle

(3) Non-prestressed concrete

(4) Normal weight concrete, with specified compressive strength equals to 4,000 psi

(5) ASTM A615 Grade 60 reinforcement, with specified yield strength for non-

prestressed reinforcement equals to 60,000 psi

(6) Assume stair slab thickness to be 5-inch, 6-inch, and 8-inch

(7) No axial force acting on the structure

4.1.2 - Dimension

The dimensions of the stairway are shown in Table 4.1, Figure 4.2, and Figure 4.3.

Table 4.1 - Stairway dimensions

As discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.2.1, the assumed dimensions of the clear width, tread depth,

and riser height satisfy with the IBC 2018. The height of one stair flight is 5 feet since the floor

to floor height is 10 foot for the entire return stair (The Architect’s Studio Companion, Six

26
Edition). In order to simplify the volume calculation for later building load calculations, the

shape of the stair-step was set up to be a perfect triangle. Therefore, the angle from the

horizontal turns out to be 31.2 degrees. In the end, the length of the stair slab was calculated to

be 116 inches.

Figure 4.2 - Stair clear width, landing width/length

Figure 4.3 - Riser height, tread depth, slab thickness, angle

27
4.1.3 - Building Loads

As discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.2.2, building loads of this project include vertical

and horizontal loads. The majority of the vertical loads that the stairway experiences is its self-

weight; at the same time, live load stands out for stairway since it serves as the egress exit for

people to evacuate in case of a natural disaster or a life-critical emergency. Due to the

precondition that this stairway is inside of a building, this study neglects the effect of rain load,

snow load, and ice load. The wind pressure was not taken into consideration except the

minimum internal wind force 16 lb/ft 2 (ASCE/SEI 7-16, Section 29.8), for conservative design.

The effect of seismic force shall be considered; however, it depends on the region where the

structure is located, as it will influence the load combination. All building loads are determined

in accordance with Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-

16).

4.1.4 - Load Combinations

The load combinations applied to this parametric study were found in Section 2.3.2,

Chapter 2 of ASCE/SEI 7-16, as well as in Table 5.3.1 of ACI 318-19. The list of load strength

combinations shown as follows:

1. 1.4𝐷

2. 1.2𝐷 + 1.6𝐿 + 0.5(𝐿𝑟 𝑜𝑟 𝑆 𝑜𝑟 𝑅)

3. 1.2𝐷 + 1.6(𝐿𝑟 𝑜𝑟 𝑆 𝑜𝑟 𝑅) + (𝐿 𝑜𝑟 0.5𝑊 )

4. 1.2𝐷 + 1.0𝑊 + 𝐿 + 0.5(𝐿𝑟 𝑜𝑟 𝑆 𝑜𝑟 𝑅)

5. 1.2𝐷 + 1.0𝐸 + 𝐿 + 0.2𝑆

6. 0.9𝐷 + 1.0𝑊

28
 7. 0.9𝐷 + 1.0𝐸

Based on the significant impact that dead and live loads make for this study, load combination 2

will govern over the other combinations for the low seismic activity region. When taking

seismic effect into considerations for the high seismic activity region, load combination 5 will

govern as it highlights the influence of seismic force; meanwhile, the rest of the force remains

the same. The effect of wind force is relatively low since only the minimum internal wind

pressure was considered. Table 4.2 demonstrates the governing load combinations by showing

the difference of seismic force impact between Los Angeles, California, and Manhattan, Kansas.

Table 4.2 - Building loads, from calculations in Appendix A

4.2 - Parameters

The parameters of this study consist of the reinforcement design method, geographic

location, slab thickness, and boundary condition. As shown in Figure 4.4, each of the parameters

is labeled with a letter or number to distinguish from others. For the reinforcement design

method, capital letter S means the one-way slab method, and capital letter B means the beam

method. For the geographic location, a combined capital letter KS stands for Manhattan Kansas,

and a combined capital letter CA stands for Los Angeles California. For slab thickness of stair,

number 5 means 5-inch, figure 6 means 6-inch, and figure 8 means 8-inch. For boundary

29
conditions, the lower-case letter i means the stairway is supported by four beams, and the lower-

case letter ii means the stairway is supported by two beams. As a result, a total of 24 cases have

been established for this study.

Figure 4.4 - Notations

4.2.1 - Reinforcement Design Method

As discussed in Chapter 2, two methods adopted for this study are: concrete one-way slab

and concrete beam methods. For each method, there are six factors that differentiate from each

other in terms of different equations applied under different conditions. These six factors include

slab thickness, clear cover, flexural reinforcement, shear reinforcement, torsional reinforcement,

and temperature reinforcement.

Slab thickness refers to the thickness of the stair stringer without counting treads. Table

4.3 and Table 4.4 (Table 7.3.1.1 and Table 9.3.1.1 ACI 318-19) present the minimum thickness

of solid non-prestressed one-way slabs and beams, applicable for normal weight concrete and

𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi. For this study, the values of slab thickness were selected to be 5-inch, 6-inch,

and 8-inch.

30
 Table 4.3 - Minimum thickness of solid non-prestressed one-way slabs
(Table 7.3.1.1 ACI 318-19)
Support condition Minimum 𝒉

Simply supported 𝑙/20

One end continuous 𝑙/24

Both ends continuous 𝑙/28

Cantilever 𝑙/10

Table 4.4 - Minimum depth of non-prestressed beams

(Table 9.3.1.1 ACI 318-19)
Support condition Minimum 𝒉

Simply supported 𝑙/16

One end continuous 𝑙/18.5

Both ends continuous 𝑙/21

Cantilever 𝑙/8

Concrete cover refers to the distance between the outermost surface of reinforcement and

the outer surface of the concrete. The primary role that concrete cover plays is to protect the

reinforcement from weather, such as moisture change and temperature change (ACI 318-19,

R20.6.1.1). According to ACI 318-19, Table 20.6.1.3.1, the value of specified concrete cover

shall be determined as follows:

31
 Table 4.5 - Specified concrete cover for non-prestressed concrete members
(Table 20.6.1.3.1 ACI 318-19)
Concrete exposure Member Reinforcement Specified

cover,

in.

Cast against and All All 3

permanently in contact

with ground

Exposed to weather or All No. 6 through No. 18 bars 2

in contact with ground No. 5 bar, W31 or D31 wire, and 1-1/2

smaller

Not exposed to weather Slabs, joists, and walls No. 14 and No. 18 bars 1-1/2

or in contact with No. 11 bars and smaller 3/4

ground Beams, columns, Primary reinforcement, stirrups, ties, 1-1/2

pedestals, and tension spirals, and hoops

ties

For this study, apply 3/4 in. for one-way slabs, and 1-1/2 in. for beams since the stairway is

inside of the building, not exposed to outside weather or in contact with the ground. The

difference of clear cover could also extend to the difference of the distance from extreme

compression fiber to centroid of longitudinal tension reinforcement, 𝑑. As for one-way slabs, the

value of 𝑑 is determined by 𝑑 = ℎ − 𝑐𝑙𝑒𝑎𝑟 𝑐𝑜𝑣𝑒𝑟 − 1/2(𝑑𝑖𝑎), which means to subtract slab

thickness by clear cover and half of the diameter of longitudinal tension reinforcement. For

beams, the value of 𝑑 is determined by 𝑑 = ℎ − 𝑐𝑙𝑒𝑎𝑟 𝑐𝑜𝑣𝑒𝑟 − 1⁄2 (𝑑𝑖𝑎) − (𝑑𝑖𝑎′ ), which

means to subtract beam depth by clear cover, half of the diameter of longitudinal tension

32
reinforcement, and diameter of the shear stirrup. With the same value of ℎ, the value of 𝑑 for the

beam is less than the one-way slab. The lesser the distance from extreme compression fiber to

centroid of longitudinal tension reinforcement, the more the required tension reinforcement is

necessary by Eq. 4.2 and 4.3.

Flexural reinforcement refers to the main reinforcement focusing on resisting bending

moments caused by factored loads. The essential requirement for flexural strength design is to

make sure that 𝑀𝑢 ≤ ∅𝑀𝑛 . The value of ∅ is specified as 0.9 by Table 21.2.2 ACI 318-19 since

the focus of this study is reinforcement in the tension-controlled region. The equations applied

to determine the value of the required tension reinforcement ratio are listed as follows:

𝑓𝑦
𝑚=
0.85𝑓𝑐′

(Eq. 4.1)

𝑀𝑢
𝑅𝑢 =
∅𝑏𝑑 2

(Eq. 4.2)

1 2𝑅𝑢 𝑚
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑 = (1 − √1 − )
𝑚 𝑓𝑦

(Eq. 4.3)

Appendix D provides the derivation process of these equations. Moreover, ACI 318-19 requires

for minimum flexural reinforcement check shown as follows:

33
 Table 4.6 - Minimum flexural reinforcement, 𝑨𝒔,𝒎𝒊𝒏 for non-prestressed one-way
slabs (Table 7.6.1.1 ACI 318-19)
Reinforcement Type 𝒇𝒚 , psi 𝑨𝒔,𝒎𝒊𝒏

Deformed bars < 60,000 0.0020𝐴𝑔

Deformed bars or ≥ 60,000 Greater 0.0018 × 60.000

𝐴𝑔
𝑓𝑦
welded wire of:
0.0014𝐴𝑔
reinforcement

Table 4.7 - Minimum flexural reinforcement, 𝑨𝒔,𝒎𝒊𝒏 for non-prestressed beams

(Section 9.6.1.2 ACI 318-19)

𝑨𝒔,𝒎𝒊𝒏

Greater of: 3√𝑓𝑐′

𝑏 𝑑
𝑓𝑦 𝑤

200
𝑏 𝑑
𝑓𝑦 𝑤

Shear reinforcement is designed to resist shear force. Usually, shear reinforcement is

provided in the form of stirrups to hold the longitudinal reinforcement together. For one-way

slabs, minimum shear reinforcement shall be granted if 𝑉𝑢 > ∅𝑉𝑐 (ACI 318-19, Section 7.6.3.1).

For beams, minimum shear reinforcement shall be provided if 𝑉𝑢 > 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 (ACI 318-19, Section

9.6.3.1). The value of ∅ is specified as 0.75 by Table 21.2.1 ACI 318-19. Since this study limits

the effect of torsional effect, the value of minimum shear reinforcement could be determined in

accordance with Table 9.6.3.3 ACI 318-19, shown as follows:

34
 Table 4.8 - Minimum shear reinforcement
(Table 9.6.3.3 ACI 318-19)

Beam type 𝑨𝒗,𝒎𝒊𝒏 /𝒔

Non-prestressed Greater 𝑏𝑤
0.75√𝑓𝑐′
𝑓𝑦𝑡
of:
𝑏𝑤
50
𝑓𝑦𝑡

Torsional effect is neglected for this study to simplify the calculations and focus on the

comparison of tension reinforcement. However, torsional effect should be considered for future

research targeted in comprehensive interaction of shear and torsional reinforcement for the

reinforced concrete stairway.

As discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.2.3, temperature reinforcement resists cracking

caused by temperature and moisture changes in slabs. Table 24.4.3.2 ACI 318-19 provided the

check for minimum shrinkage and temperature reinforcement shown as follows:

Table 4.9 - Minimum shrinkage and temperature reinforcement ratio

(Table 24.4.3.2 ACI 318-19)

Reinforcement type 𝒇𝒚 , psi Minimum reinforcement ratio

Deformed bars < 60,000 0.0020

Deformed bars or ≥ 60,000 Greater 0.0018 × 60,000

𝑓𝑦
welded wire of:

reinforcement 0.0014

For this study, temperature reinforcement for one-way slabs will be using #4 reinforcing rebar

per 12 inches, as presented in calculations shown in Appendix A. Although temperature

35
reinforcement is not required for beams by ACI, it is always feasible to add extra reinforcement

if temperature and moisture changes are critical for the concrete member.

4.2.2 - Geographic Location

This study selects Manhattan, Kansas and Los Angeles, California as project locations

based on their different seismic activity levels. As discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.2.2.3, the

determination of horizontal and vertical seismic force is provided by Chapter 13 ASCE/SEI 7-16

through Eq. 13.3-1 to Eq. 13.3-3 and Section 13.3.1. With the same equations applied, the main

factor that differentiates the results calculated by the two locations is the spectral acceleration at

a short period, 𝑆𝐷𝑆 . With the help of the OSHPD Seismic Design Map, developed by Structural

Engineers Association of California’s (SEAOC) and California’s Office of Statewide Health

Planning and Development (OSHPD), under the assumptions of Risk Category II and various

soil conditions, the value of 𝑆𝐷𝑆 is 0.148 for Manhattan Kansas and is 1.579 for Los Angeles

California. One thing that should be taken with caution is that despite the calculation of the

values of 𝑆𝐷𝑆 provided by the OSHPD website are based on ASCE/SEI 7-16, no specific real-life

examination is performed to verify their accuracy, according to the website’s disclaimer.

Predictably, load combination 5 will surpass load combination 2 as a better governing case when

more seismic effect gets involved. Consequently, it will demand more reinforcement for the

design.

4.2.3 - Slab Thickness

Slab thickness, ℎ, is limited to 5-inch, 6-inch, and 8-inch for this study. There are two

reasons behind this limitation: (1) deflection check; (2) number of reinforcement layers.

According to Section 7.3.2.2 and 9.3.2.2 from ACI 318-19, deflection check shall be performed

36
if the value of slab thickness is below the range provided by Table 7.3.1.1 and Table 9.3.1.1 ACI

318-19. It is necessary to have slab thicknesses available for situations whether a deflection

check is required or not. Otherwise, the compassion of the results would be one-sided.

Furthermore, the number of reinforcement layers could also be determined by the slab thickness,

not just the bending moment. For this study, some of the cases show that a member is

experiencing both positive and negative bending moments. Consequently, it will form two

layers of tension reinforcement for the design. However, the spacing between reinforcement

placed in two or more layers has been specified as at least 1-inch by Section 25.2.2 ACI 318-19.

As discussed in Section 4.2.1, with the same ℎ, the remaining space of 𝑑 for stairways designed

by beam approach is less than the ones designed by a one-way slab approach because of the

more extensive clear cover and additional space taken by shear stirrups. With stairways of 5

inches thickness and designed by beam approach, it is unlikely to have more than one layer of

reinforcement. As for those designed by a one-way slab approach, two layers of reinforcement

are common.

4.2.4 - Boundary Condition

This study includes two boundary conditions, shown in Figure 4.5 and Figure 4.6.

Boundary condition (i) produces less bending moment and shear strength than boundary

condition (ii) because the main body (stair) of the former is both ends continuous, of the latter is

simply supported. All bending moments and shear force are determined by RISA 3D. The

results are shown in Table 4.10:

37
 Figure 4.5 - Boundary condition i

Figure 4.6 - Boundary condition ii

38
 Table 4.10 - RISA results of shear and moment

Table 4.10 illustrates that stairs and landings in boundary condition (i) experience bending

moments with both signs; at the same time, the stairs and landings in boundary condition (ii)

only experience a positive bending moment, but usually with a larger scale. For example, Figure

4.7 and Figure 4.8 indicate the different behaviors of bending moments for 5-inch slab thickness,

located in Kansas, under different boundary conditions (i) and (ii).

Figure 4.7 - RISA moment diagram of K-5-i (unit: ft-kips)

39
 Figure 4.8 - RISA moment diagram of K-5-ii (unit: ft-kips)

4.3 - Results

Each case generates a required tension reinforcement area (𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 ) determined by

equations and standard requirement, and an actual tension reinforcement area (𝐴𝑠,𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 )

determined by the actual size and number of reinforcing rebars inside the member. The rebar

sizes are limited at a range of #4, #5, and #6 for both main and transverse reinforcement to

minimize the impact of excessive rebar area. As mentioned previously, members experiencing

both positive and negative bending moments might have two layers of tension reinforcement,

depending on the thickness of its slab thickness/beam depth. For landing, the need for two layers

of reinforcement is larger than stairs because of the depth of landing is limited to 9-inch, shown

in Table 4.11.

40
 Table 4.11 Summary of tension reinforcement for stairway

The Table 4.11 also illustrates the indeterminate result for case B-KS-5-ii, B-CA-5-i, and B-CA-

5-ii. The calculations shown in Appendix A suggest the uncertain result is because of either the

reinforcement not being in the tension-controlled region or the reinforcement is not adequate in

deflection. This phenomenon shows more flexibility of slab thickness selection for a one-way

slab approach since none of the indeterminate result happens in this method.

41
 A gap between the required tension reinforcement area and the actual tension

reinforcement area occurs because ASTM defines the nominal area for each size of the bar with

certainty. In many situations, those two areas do not match perfectly. If the gap is too excessive,

the member becomes over-reinforced, concrete crushes prior to steel yielding. The more layers

of tension reinforcement a member has, the more likely the chance of over-reinforced a member

can experience, despite the determination of tension reinforcement is satisfied with the minimum

tension reinforcement are and cracking control spacing with the accordance of ACI 318-19. In

Table 4.12, the ratio obtained by dividing the required area from the actual area of steel rebar is

indicated. Numbers labeled with yellow color represents the ratios of two-layer reinforcement.

Most of them are excessively high, except the two in the beam approach region. The ratio ranges

from the lowest 1.13 to the highest 2.38, which means some of the members are more than two

times over-reinforced than the required areas. To better show the difference of tension

reinforcement area gap between the one-way slab method and beam method, the limit ratio is set

up to be 1.25. When a member experiences a ratio of more than 1.25, it is categorized into the

group of over-reinforced design. In Table 4.13, ratios beyond 1.25 are labeled with orange color.

The statistics show the over-reinforced members are all from the stairways designed by the one-

way slab method. Therefore, the beam method is a better way to minimize the impact of

excessive tension reinforcement.

42
 Table 4.12 - Ratio of 𝑨𝒔,𝒂𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒂𝒍 / Table 4.13 - Ratio of 𝑨𝒔,𝒂𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒂𝒍 /
𝑨𝒔,𝒓𝒒𝒅 , labeled with yellow 𝑨𝒔,𝒓𝒒𝒅 , labeled with orange

The required flexural reinforcement area also depends on the value of the minimum

flexural reinforcement area. When comparing them, the greater one governs over another. In

Table 4.12, the ratio of 𝐴𝑠,𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 /𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 presents the same value of 1.26 for the first four cases of

landings with two layers of flexural reinforcement under boundary condition (i), designed by the

one-way slab method. It indicates the required areas were governed by the minimum areas, thus

resulting in the same actual areas for those four cases. The same tendency happens to the first

three cases of landings under condition (i) designed by the beam method, and they share an equal

43
value of 1.13 for the ratio. The purpose of minimum flexural reinforcement is to protect the

member from failing in a brittle manner at the formation of first flexural cracks (NCHRP

Research Report 906, 2019). For this study, more cases governed by minimum flexural

reinforcement indicates less diversity of design as the minimum requirement only provides

minimum protection, between nominal moment capacity and the cracking moment capacity. In

Table 4.14, it shows the amount of the flexural reinforcement governed by minimum flexural

reinforcement, marked by red color, in accordance with the one-way slab method. Twenty-one

cases have been identified in a total amount of thirty-six cases, resulting in a governing

percentage of 58%. In Table 4.15, it depicts the amount of the flexural reinforcement governed

by minimum flexural reinforcement, marked by blue color, in accordance with the beam method.

Fifteen cases have been governed among a total number of twenty-five cases, resulting in a

governing percentage of 60%. However, most of the situations happen at the landing, which its

clear depth is limited to 9-inch. That is, the landing experiences less amount of moment at the

boundary condition (i), than the boundary condition (ii), but with both positive and negative

values, as shown in Table 4.10. If ruling out the cases of landing for a better comparison, then

the one-way slab method will have 50% (nine out of eighteen) of governing cases of minimum

reinforcement, and the beam method will have 45% (five out of eleven) of governing cases of

minimum reinforcement. Therefore, the beam method is more diversified than the one-way slab

method in terms of decreasing governing cases of minimum flexural requirement.

44
Table 4.14 - Cases governed by minimum Table 4.15 - Cases governed by minimum
flexural reinforcement, for one-way slab flexural reinforcement, for beam method
method

In examining Table 4.13 and Table 4.14, all cases where minimum flexural reinforcement

governs over required flexural reinforcement happen in the stairway designed under boundary

condition (i), regardless of the difference of design method, geographic location, and slab

thickness. The reason behind this trend is that the actual bending moment that the stairway

experiences is less than the minimum moment capacity the member required to have by ACI. In

Figure 4.9, a gradual rise in required flexural reinforcement area for stair from 5-inch to 8-inch

slab thickness is shown, designed by one-way slab method and under boundary condition (i), in

both locations. However, for those designed under boundary condition (ii), the curve drops

dramatically as the slab thickness goes up. The same tendency happens to stairs designed by

beam method, shown in Figure 4.10 below. The drop of curve demonstrates a unique condition

that the required flexural reinforcement decreases as the slab thickness rises, causing the increase

45
of the distance from extreme compression fiber to centroid longitudinal tension reinforcement,

overwhelming the influence brought by the rise of bending moment.

Reinforcement Area vs. Slab Thickness,

One-Way Slab
KS-i: rqd area KS-ii: rqd area CA-i: rqd area CA-ii: rqd area

8
FLEXURAL REINFORCEMENT AREA, IN^2

0
5 6 7 8
SLAB THICKNESS, INCH

Figure 4.9 - Slab thickness vs. flexural reinforcement area for one-way slab method

46
 Reinforcement Area vs. Beam Depth,
Beam
KS-i: rqd area KS-ii: rqd area CA-i: rqd area CA-ii: rqd area

12
FLEXURAL REINFORCEMENT AREA, IN^2

11

10

0
5 6 7 8
BEAM DEPTH, INCH

Figure 4.10 - Slab thickness vs. flexural reinforcement area for beam method

Table 4.16 presents the actual reinforcement information for each case. The use of

temperature reinforcement is only applied for stairs and landings designed by one-way slab

method. For beam method, the use of temperature reinforcement is not required. However, both

methods require cracking control spacing checks for flexural reinforcement to prevent cracking

due to high flexural stress by reducing flexural reinforcement spacing (Table 24.3.2 ACI 318-

19). Calculations in Appendix A and B present the cracking check for flexural reinforcement.

For shear reinforcement, the stairs and landings designed by one-way slab method seem not to

have shear reinforcement since the shear strength provided by the concrete is sufficient enough

47
to resist the actual shear force acting on the stairs and landings. The cases designed by beam

method tend to have the same trending, except the landings of case B-CA-6-ii and case B-CA-8-

ii. Although there are only two cases of shear reinforcement, the beam method tends to have a

better performance in providing shear resistance for members. The reasons behind this

conclusion is that, for one-way slab method, the shear reinforcement is required if the actual

shear force acting on the member is greater than the factored shear strength provided by concrete

(Section 7.6.3.1 ACI 318-19); for beam method, the shear reinforcement is required if the actual

shear force acting on the member is greater than half of the factored shear strength provided by

concrete (Section 9.6.3.1 ACI 318-19). Beam method turns out to be a more conservative

method in terms of shear reinforcement design than one-way slab method. Since stairs are

serving as exit access for people to evacuate from a high-rise building during an emergency, the

need for shear force resistance is significant. Therefore, the beam method is a better approach

for shear reinforcement design.

48
Table 4.16 - Tension/shear/temperature reinforcement for each case

49
 Chapter 5 - Conclusion and Future Research

This report provides a parametric study to differentiate the reinforcement design of the

stairway based on one-way slab method and beam method following ACI 318-19. From a design

standpoint, the beam method is better at minimizing excessive reinforcement area, avoiding

design for minimum flexural reinforcement, and providing shear force resistance than the one-

way slab method.

For future research, it is essential to take the torsional effect into considerations since it

would be influenced by the stiffnesses of members and various boundary conditions, thus

providing more comparisons for the parametric study. In addition, including more types of stairs

(single flight stair, open-well staircase, and more) for diversity. The construction process is also

significant since it brings other sides of perspective that differentiate from the design process.

50
 References

ACI Committee 318. (2019). Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (ACI 318-19)
and Commentary on Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (ACI 318R-
19). Farmington Hills, Michigan: American Concrete Institute.

American Society of Civil Engineers. (2016). Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria
for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE/SEI 7-16). Reston, Virginia: American Society
of Civil Engineers.

International Code Council. (2015). International Building Code (IBC 2015). Country Club
Hills, IL: International Code Council.

M.Y.H. Bangash, & T. Bangash. (1999). Staircase Structural Analysis and Design. Rotterdam,
Netherlands: A. A. Balkema.

Heather J. Brown, & Bruce A. Suprenant. (2007). Evaluating Riser Height Tolerances for
Concrete Stairs. Concrete International.

Dronnadula V. Reddy, Khaled Sobhan, Lixian Liu, & Jody D. Young Jr. (2015). Size Effect on
Fire Resistance of Structural Concrete. Engineering Structures, Vol. 99 (2015), pp. 468-
478.

Azadeh Noorifard, & Mohammad Reza Tabeshpour. (2018). Effects of Staircase on The Seismic
Behavior of RC Moment Frame Buildings. Architecture Civil Engineering Environment,
Vol. 11 (2018), pp 105-122.

National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine. (2019). LRFD Minimum Flexural
Reinforcement Requirements. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press.

The Institution of Structural Engineers. (2006). Standard Method of Detailing Structural

Concrete (3rd Edition). London SW1X 8BH, United Kingdom: The Institution of
Structural Engineers.

European Committee for Standardization. (2004). Eurocode 2: Design of concrete structures -

Part 1-1: General rules and rules for buildings. European Committee for
Standardization.

Adam D. Friedman. (2018). Design Guide 34: Steel-Framed Stairway Design. United States of
America: American Institute of Steel Construction.

Rani Lueder, & Valerie J. Berg Rice. (2007). Ergonomics for Children: Designing Products and
Places for Toddlers to Teens (1st Edition). CRC Press.

51
Phillip C. Pierce. (2015). The Evolution of Structural Design Specifications in the United States.
Structure Magazine (October 2015), pp 52-53.

Thomas Izbicki, David B. McDonald, Jose E. Mendoza, & John B. Turner. (2016). Fire
Resistance of Reinforced Concrete Buildings. Schaumburg, IL: Concrete Reinforcing
Steel Institute.

Occupational Safety & Health Administration. (2014). Occupational Safety & Health
Administration (OSHA Standards).

52
Appendix A - Stairway Parametric Calculations

53
 Step Computation Reference
1.1 Project statement:
Design the reinforcement of a concrete stairway in accordance with
ACI 318-19. There are four parameters of this study:
Geographic location (whether the seismic effect governs or not),
reinforcement design method referred by ACI 318-19 (one-way slab,
or beam), stair slab thickness (it depends on which method is used),
and boundary conditions.
To category the parameters and compare the results by each of them,
there are sixteen cases been collected and shown as follows:
S-KS-5-i
S-KS-5-ii
S-KS-8-i
S-KS-8-ii
S-CA-5-i
S-CA-5-ii
S-CA-8-i
S-CA-8-ii
B-KS-5-i
B-KS-5-ii
B-KS-8-i
B-KS-8-ii
B-CA-5-i
1. General B-CA-5-ii
Information B-CA-8-i
B-CA-8-ii
where,
B =Concrete beam method
S =Concrete one-way slab method
CA = Los Angeles, California
KS =Manhattan, Kansas
5 =Stair slab thickness, 5 in.
8 =Stair slab thickness, 8 in.
i =Boundary condition, shown in Figure
ii =Boundary condition, shown in Figure

1.2 Project information:

(1) This is a 180 degree return stair, two flights with a half space landing
between them
(2) This is an interior stairway
(3) This is a longitudinally spanning stairway, with one or more supports
at each end of the stair

1.3 Project Location:

(1) Los Angeles, California State (high seismic activity region)
(2) Manhattan, Kansas State (low seismic activity region)

54
 Step Computation Reference
1.4 Design parameters:
Floor to floor height, H = 10 ft.
Number of risers, n = 18 The Architect's
Tread depth, d = 11 in. Studio
Companion, Six
Riser height, hr = 6.7 in. Edition, Exit
Staircase clear width, w = 56 in. Stairway Design
Staircase landing length, L1, L3 = 56 in. Tables, Page 323
Angle from the horizontal, Ɵ = 31.2 degree
Landing thickness, h' = 9 in.
Assumed slab thickness, h = 8 in.
or
5 in.
Calculated slab length, L2 = 116 in.

1.5 Assumptions:
(1) Longitudinally spanning stairway, where torsional effect is neglected
(2) No slope for the step nosing, thereby treating the step as a right
triangle
(3) Concrete member is nonprestressed
(4) Normal weight concrete, with specified compressive strength equals
to 4,000 psi
(5) Specified yield strength for nonprestressed reinforcement equals to
1. General
60,000 psi
Information
(6) Assume stair slab thickness to be 5 in., and 8 in.
(cont'd)
(7) When checking deflection, only consider sections with stair steps
and slabs. Since they are much longer spanning, if they are adequate
in deflection, the landing will be, too.
(8) No axial force
(9) ASTM A615 Grade 60

55
 Step Computation Reference
2.1 Volume calculation:
For this part, take one flight and two half space landing as a whole
(1) Vertical sectional area of treads:
A1 = 330 square in.
(2) Vertical sectional area of landings:
A2 = 1008 square in.
(3) Vertical sectional area of stair slab:
when thickness is 8 in., A3 = 926 square in.
when thickness is 5 in., A3 = 579 square in.
(4) Overall vertical sectional area of stair flight (treads+slab):
Atot = A1 + A3
when thickness is 8 in., Atot = 1256 square in.
9 square ft.
when thickness is 5 in., Atot = 909 square in.
6 square ft.
(5) Volume:
The value of volume equals to the area times clear width.
Therefore,
Volume of landing, VL = 56448 cubic in.
33 cubic ft.
when thickness is 8 in., volume
of stair flight, VS = 41 cubic ft.
2. Building when thickness is 5 in., volume
Loads of stair flight, VS = 29 cubic ft.

2.2 Dead load:

Assuming 145 pcf normal weight, load-bearing concrete, reinforced, and
5 psf of miscellaneous load.
Therefore,
Selfweight = 145 pcf
Miscellaneous load = 5 psf
(1) Convert to psf (pounds per square ft.) and add them together:
Therefore,
Dead load of landing, D = 223 psf
when thickness is 8 in., dead load
of stair flight, D = 136 psf
when thickness is 5 in., dead load
of stair flight, D = 100 psf
(2) Convert to plf (pounds per linear ft.):
Therefore,
Dead load of landing, D = 1038 plf
when thickness is 8 in., dead load
of stair flight, D = 635 plf
when thickness is 5 in., dead load
of stair flight, D = 466 plf

56
 Step Computation Reference
2.3 Live load:
According to IBC 2015, Table 1607.1, it indicates the live load for stair
tread and landing is 100 psf. The live load for guards and handrails was IBC 2015, Table
not taken into consideration, because it should be provided by the 1607.1
manufacturers.
Therefore,
Live load, L = 100 psf
467 plf
The landing and the stair flight have the same live load (plf) since they
share the same clear width (56 in.)

2.4 Wind load:

Since it is an interior stairway, only consider the minimum wind load,
ASCE 7-16,
wind load, W = 16 psf Section 29.8
75 plf

2.5 Snow load:

Not required for an interior stairway.

2.6 Rain load:

Not required for an interior stairway.
2. Building
Loads 2.7 Seismic load:
(cont'd) According to ASCE 7-16, Section 13.3.1, the horizontal seismic deisng
force shall be determined by:
ASCE 7-16, Eq.
13.3-1

is not required to be taken as larger than

ASCE 7-16, Eq.
13.3-2
and,
shall not be taken as less than
ASCE 7-16, Eq.
13.3-3

The vertical force shall be determined by:

ASCE 7-16,
±0.2𝑆𝐷𝑆 𝑊𝑝 Section 13.3.1
where
= component amplification factor that in a range
between 1.00 and 2.50, refer to ASCE 7-16, Table 13.5-1 or
Table 13.6-1
𝐹𝑝 = seismic design force

57
 𝐹𝑝
Step Computation Reference
= average roof height of the structure in regard to the base
= component importance factor that in a range
= component response modification factor that in a range
between 1.00 and 12, refer to ASCE 7-16, Table 13.5-1 or
𝑆𝐷𝑆 = spectral acceleration, short period, as determined from
ASCE 7-16, Section 11.4.4
= component operating weight
𝑧 = height in structure or point of attachment of component
with respect to the base. For items at or below the base, z
should be taken as 0. The value of z/h need not exceed 1.0

For each high seismic activity region (LA) and low seismic activity region
(manhattan), the main difference of them is the value of the spectral
acceleration, 𝑆𝐷𝑆
OSHPD Seismic
For Log Angeles, SDS = 1.579 Design Maps
For Manhattan, SDS = 0.148

Other components,
ap = 1.0 ASCE 7-16, Table
Rp = 2.5 13.5-1 Egress
Ip = 1.5 Stair, and Section
2. Building 13.1.3
z/h = 1.0
Loads selfweight of landing, Wp = 4737 lbs
(cont'd) when thickness is 8 in.,
selfweight of stair flight, Wp = 5903 lbs
when thickness is 5 in.,
selfweight of stair flight, Wp = 4271 lbs

Therefore,
(1) For Los Angeles, CA:
horizontal seismic force of
landing, Fp = 5385 lbf
≤ 17950 lbf
≥ 3366 lbf
vertical seismic force of landing,
Fp = 1496 lbf

When slab thickness = 8 in.,

horizontal seismic force of stair
flight, Fp = 6710 lbf
≤ 22368 lbf
≥ 4194 lbf
vertical seismic force of stair
flight, Fp = 1864 lbf

58
 Step Computation Reference
When slab thickness = 5 in.,
horizontal seismic force of stair
flight, Fp = 4855 lbf
≤ 16184 lbf
≥ 3034 lbf
vertical seismic force of stair
flight, Fp = 1349 lbf

(2) For Manhattan, KS:

horizontal seismic force of
landing, Fp = 505 lbf
≤ 1682 lbf
≥ 315 lbf
vertical seismic force of landing,
Fp = 140 lbf

When slab thickness = 8 in.,

horizontal seismic force of stair
flight, Fp = 629 lbf
≤ 2097 lbf
≥ 393 lbf
vertical seismic force of stair
2. Building
flight, Fp = 175 lbf
Loads
(cont'd)
When slab thickness = 5 in.,
horizontal seismic force of stair
flight, Fp = 455 lbf
≤ 1517 lbf
≥ 284 lbf
vertical seismic force of stair
flight, Fp = 126 lbf

2.8 Building loads table:

From previous calculation, all building loads are shown as follows:
(Unit is plf.)
h= 8 in. h = 5 in.
Landing Stair flight Stair flight
D 1038 635 466
L 467
W 75
Eh 1154 696 503
CA
Ev 321 193 140
Eh 108 65 47
KS
Ev 30 18 13
*** Note: Convert seismic force from lbf to plf by dividing
by the span length

59
 Step Computation Reference
2.9 Load combinations:
According to ASCE 7-16, Chapter 2, Section 2.3.2, the load combinations
are shown as following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7. ASCE 7-16,
where Chapter 2,
= dead load Section 2.3.2

= earthquake load
= live load
= roof live load
= rain load
= snow load
= wind load

The primary loads for this project are dead load, live load, internal wind
load, and seismic load.
For load combination 5 and 7, can be re-writen as:
2. Building
For load combination 5 and 7, can be re-writen as:
Loads
5. 1.2𝐷 + 𝐸𝑣 + 𝐸ℎ + 𝐿 + 0.2𝑆 ASCE 7-16,
(cont'd) Section 12.4.2
7. 0.9𝐷 − 𝐸𝑣 + 𝐸ℎ
where
𝐸ℎ = horizontal seismic force
𝐸𝑣 = vertical seismic force

Therefore,
(1) For Los Angeles, the value of each load combination is shown as
follows:
(unit is plf.)
t = 8 in. t = 5 in.
Landing Stair flight Stair flight
LC-1 1454 889 652
LC-2 1993 1509 1306
LC-3 1713 1229 1026
LC-4 1638 1154 951
LC-5 3187 2118 1669 Governs
LC-6 1009 646 494
LC-7 1768 1074 783

As assumed previously, load combination 5 governs since Los Angeles

is a high seismic activity region.

60
 Step Computation Reference
(2) For Manhattan, the value of each load combination is shown as
follows:
(unit is plf.)
t = 8 in. t = 5 in.
Landing Stair flight Stair flight
LC-1 1454 889 652
LC-2 1993 1509 1306 Governs
LC-3 1713 1229 1026
LC-4 1638 1154 951
LC-5 1851 1312 1086
LC-6 1009 646 494
LC-7 1013 619 453

Load combination 2 governs since Manhattan is a low seismic activity

region.

2.10 Governing load summary:

Convert plf (pounds per linear ft.) to klf (kips per lieanr ft.) for RISA 3D.
The value of each governing load is shown as follows:
t = 8 in. t = 5 in.
Landing Stair flight Stair flight
CA 3.19 2.12 1.67
2. Building
KS 1.99 1.51 1.31
Loads
(Unit is klf.)
(cont'd)

61
 Step Computation Reference
3.1 General steps:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
Acoording to ACI 318-19, Table 7.3.1.1 - Minimum thickness of solid
nonprestressed one-way slabs:
Support condition Minimum h
Simply supported 𝑙/20
ACI 318-19
One end continuous 𝑙/24 Table 7.3.1.1
Both ends continuous 𝑙/28
Cantilever 𝑙/10

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D, where L stands for live load, D stands for dead load: ACI 318-19
Section 6.5.1
(3) Calculate shear and moment based on RISA 3D

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ, based on flexural

moment:
𝑓𝑦
𝑚=
0.85𝑓𝑐′
𝑀𝑢
𝑅𝑢 =
Φ𝑏𝑑2
1 2𝑅𝑢 𝑚
3. Concrete ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑 = [1 − 1− ]
𝑚 𝑓𝑦
One-way
Slab where
Approach 𝑏 = width of compression face of member, in.
𝑑 = distance from extreme compression fiber to centroid of
longitudinal tension reinforcement, in.
𝑓𝑦 = specified yield strength for nonprestressed reinforcement,
psi
𝑓𝑐, = specified compressive strength of concrete, psi
𝑀𝑢 = actual moment, ft-kip
𝑅𝑢 , 𝑚 = formula conversion parameter
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑 = required area ratio of reinforcement
Φ = strength reduction factor

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limits:

According to ACI 318-19, Table 7.6.1.1 - 𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 for nonprestressed
one-way slabs:
Reinforcement type 𝒇𝒚 ,psi 𝑨𝒔,𝒎𝒊𝒏
Deformed bars ＜60,000 0.0020𝐴𝑔
ACI 318-19,
Deofrmed bars or 0.0018 × 60,000 Table 7.6.1.1
Greater 𝐴𝑔
welded wire ≥60,000 𝑓𝑦
of:
reinforcement 0.0014𝐴𝑔

62
 Step Computation Reference
(6) Determine center-to-center spacing, 𝑠of reinforcement:
Minimum spacing - shall be at least the greatest of 1 in., 𝑑𝑏, and
(4Τ3)𝑑𝑎𝑔𝑔 ACI 318-19
Maximum spacing - shall be the lesser of 3ℎand 18 in. Section 7.7.2.3,
Minimum layer spacing - shall be at least 1 in. between layers for 25.2.1, and
25.2.2
parallel nonprestressed reinforcement placed in two or more
horizontal layers

(7) Check for shear limit:

According to ACI 318-19, Table 22.5.5.1, shear strength provided by
concrete shall be determined by:

𝐴𝑣 < 𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑁𝑢
𝑉𝑐 = 8λ𝑠 λ(ρ𝑤 )1/3 𝑓𝑐′ + 𝑏 𝑑
6𝐴𝑔 𝑤
ACI 318-19
Table
2 22.5.5.1(c), Eq.
λ𝑠 = ≤1 22.5.5.1.3
𝑑
1 + 10

where
𝐴𝑔 = gross area of concrete section
𝐴𝑣 = area of shear reinforcement within spacing
3. Concrete
𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = minimum area of shear reinforcement within spacing
One-way
𝑏𝑤 = web width or diameter of circular section
Slab
𝑑 = distance from exterme compression fiber to controid of
Approach
longitudinal tension reinforcement
(cont'd)
𝑓𝑐′ = specified compressive strength of concrete
𝑁𝑢 = factored axial force normal to cross section
ρ𝑤 = ratio of 𝐴𝑠 to 𝑏𝑤 𝑑
λ = modification factor to reflect the reduced mechanical
properties of lightweight concrete relative to normal
weight concrete of the same compressive strength
λ𝑠 = factor used to modify shear strength based on the effect of
member depth, commonly referred to as the size effect
factor

(8) Check for minimum shrinkage and temperature reinforcement:

According to ACI 318-19, Section 7.6.4.1 and 24.4, reinforcement
shall be provided to resist shrinkage and temperature based on:
Reinforcement type 𝒇𝒚 , 𝒑𝒔𝒊 Minimum rein. Ratio
Deformed bars ＜60,000 0.0020
ACI 318-19
Deformed bars or 0.0018 × 60,000
Greater Table 24.4.3.2
welded wire ≥60,000 𝑓𝑦
of:
reinforcement 0.0014
And, spacing of deformed shrinkage and temperature reinforcement Section
shall not exceed the lesser of 5ℎand 18 in. 7.7.6.2.1

63
 Step Computation Reference
(9) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:
Reinforcement type Maximum spacing 𝒔
40,000
15 − 2.5𝑐𝑐 ACI 318-19
Deformed bars or 𝑓𝑠 Table 24.3.2
Lesser of:
wires 40,000
12
𝑓𝑠

(10) Check for deflection:

Deflection shall be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-19 Section ACI 318-19
24.2 and shall not exceed the limits in 24.2.2. Section 7.3.2.1,
24.2, 24.2.2

Assume the section is cracked, determine the cracking moment

ACI 318-19
𝑓𝑟 = 7.5λ 𝑓𝑐′ Eq. 19.2.3.1
1 Area moment
𝐼𝑔 = 𝑏ℎ3 of inertia of
12 rectangular
𝑓𝑟 𝐼𝑔 section
𝑀𝑐𝑟 = Eq. 24.2.3.5b
𝑦𝑡
where
𝑓𝑐, = specified compressive strength of concrete, psi
3. Concrete
𝑓𝑟 = modulus of rupture of concrete, psi
One-way
𝐼𝑔 = area moment of inertia
Slab
𝑀𝑐𝑟 = cracking moment
Approach
𝑦𝑡 = distance from centroidal axis of gross section, neglecting
(cont'd)
reinforcement, to tension face, in.
λ = modification factor to reflect the reduced mechanical
properties of lightweight concrete relative to normal
weight concrete of the same compressive strength

Apply transformed area method to determine the distance from

the exterme compression fiber to the neutral axis, 𝐶𝑁𝐴
σ 𝐴𝑖 𝑦𝑖
𝑦ത =
σ 𝐴𝑖

If take the very top line of the section as the reference line, then
the equation becomes:
𝐶𝑁𝐴
𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 2 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑
𝐶𝑁𝐴 =
𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + (𝑛𝐴𝑠 )

Then, it becomes a quadratic equation:

𝑏 2
𝐶 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐶𝑁𝐴 − 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑 = 0
2 𝑁𝐴

64
 Step Computation Reference
The solution of 𝐶𝑁𝐴:
−𝑛𝐴𝑠 ∓ (𝑛𝐴𝑠 )2 +2𝑏(𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑)
𝐶𝑁𝐴 =
𝑏

Calculate moment of inertia of cracked section transformed to

concrete, 𝐼𝑐𝑟
2
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = ෍ 𝐼𝑖 + 𝐴𝑖 𝑑𝑦𝑖
Then, it becomes:
1 3
𝐶𝑁𝐴 2
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + 𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 ( ) +𝑛𝐴𝑠 (𝑑 − 𝐶𝑁𝐴 )2
12 2
(The value of 𝐼𝑥 is so small that can be neglected)
or
1 3
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 (𝑑 − 𝐶𝑁𝐴 )2
3

Calculate effective moment of inertia, 𝐼𝑒

𝐼𝑐𝑟 ACI 318-19
𝐼𝑒 = 2 Table
2Τ3 𝑀𝑐𝑟 𝐼
1− 𝑀 (1 − 𝐼𝑐𝑟 ) 24.2.3.5(b)
3. Concrete 𝑎 𝑔

One-way
Slab
Then, check deflection
Approach
According to ACI 318-19, Table 24.2.2, immediate deflection due to
(cont'd)
live load 𝐿 is 𝑙 Τ360
𝑙 Τ360
Only consider the middle span where the stairway slab is located,
∆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 5𝑤𝑙 4 /384𝐸𝐼

𝐸𝑐 = 57,000 𝑓𝑐′ ACI 318-19 Eq.

19.2.2.1.b

3.2 Eight cases:

There are eight cases to be designed by one-way slab method for this
project:
S-KS-5-i
S-KS-5-ii
S-KS-8-i
S-KS-8-ii
S-CA-5-i
S-CA-5-ii
S-CA-8-i
S-CA-8-ii

65
 Step Computation Reference
3.3 Design for S-KS-5-i:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is still both ends continuous.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 4.13 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 5 in., which is greater than
4.13 in.. The assumption is OK.
Therefore, h= 5 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 466 plf
3D = 1398 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.1 and Table 4.1

For stair slab:

Shear strength, Vu = 5.4 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 5.2 ft-kips
3. Concrete
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 7.8 ft-kips
One-way
Slab
If applying 1' strip method, then they become:
Approach
Shear strength, Vu = 1.16 kips
(cont'd)
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 1.11 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 1.67 ft-kips

For landing:
Shear strength, Vu = 6.3 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 2.2 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 7.8 ft-kips

If applying 1' strip method, then they become:

Shear strength, Vu = 1.35 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 0.47 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 1.67 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The value of each parameter shown as follows:
Cealr cover = 0.75 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
′= 1.125 in.
𝑑

66
 Step Computation Reference
h= 5 in.
d= 3.875 in.
b= 12.00 in. 1' strip
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stairway, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 82.45
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0014
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.06 square in.

For stairway, negative moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 123.68
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0021
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.10 square in.

For landing, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
3. Concrete
𝑅𝑢= 8.45
One-way
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0001
Slab
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.01 square in.
Approach
(cont'd)
For landing, negative moment:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 29.95
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0005
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.05 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.084 square in. √
and
0.065 square in.
For calculated values less than the area of minimum reinforcement,
apply 0.084 in^2 instead. For landing, it's 0.17 in^2 (d = 7.875 in.).

Therefore,
for stairway:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.08 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.10 square in.
for landing:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.17 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.17 square in.

67
 Step Computation Reference
(6) Determine center-to-center spacing, 𝑠:
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A

For stairway,
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.08 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.10 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

For landing,
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.17 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.17 square in.
3. Concrete
for 1' strip slab
One-way
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Slab
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.
Approach
(cont'd)
Now, check for minimum spacing:
The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.500 in.
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

Check for maximum spacing:

𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = lesser of
15 in. √
and
18 in.
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 15 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(7) Check for shear limit:

Apply equation (b) shown in Section 3.1, Step (7), in accordance with
ACI 318-19, Table 22.5.5.1
The value of each parameter shown as follows:
𝑏𝑤 = 12 in. 1' strip

68
 Step Computation Reference
𝑑 = 3.875 in. or 7.875 in.
λ𝑠 = 1.00 Eq. 22.5.5.1.3
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
∅ = 0.75 Table 21.2.1
λ = 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
for stairway ρ𝑤 = 0.0086
for landing ρ𝑤 = 0.0042

Therefore,
For stairway,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 3.62 kips
For landing,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 5.80 kips

Since both of them are greater than the value of 𝑉𝑢, no need for ACI 318-19
shear reinforcement. 7.6.3.1

(8) Minimum temperature and shrinkage reinforcement:

𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛= greater of
0.084 square in. √
and
3. Concrete
0.065 square in.
One-way
If pick bar size, no. = 4
Slab
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
Approach Appendix A
area of bar = 0.20 square in.
(cont'd)
Since, 𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.084 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

Check for maximum spacing:

𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = lesser of
25 in.
and
18 in. √
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 18 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(9) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 0.75 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
13.13 in.
and
12 in. √

since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement

69
 Step Computation Reference
𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for temp. and shrinkage
O.K

(10) Check for deflection:

According to ACI 318-19, Section 7.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
thickness satisfies Table 7.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 7.3.2.2
member becomes composite need not to be checked.

(11) Conclusion:
For stairway slab, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
flexural reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in.
spacing for temperature reinforcement.
For landing, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
temperature reinforcement.
Flexural reinforcement in both stair slab and landing has two layers,
both acting as tention reinforcement.

3. Concrete
One-way
Slab
Approach
(cont'd)

70
 Step Computation Reference
3.4 Design for S-KS-5-ii:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is simply supported.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 5.79 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 5 in., which is less than
5.79 in.. Deflection check is required.
Therefore, h= 5 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 466 plf
3D = 1398 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.2 and Table 4.2
For stair slab:

Shear strength, Vu = 5.4 kips

Flexural strength, Mu = 64.2 ft-kips
3. Concrete
One-way
If applying 1' strip method,
Slab
Approach
Shear strength, Vu = 1.16 kips
(cont'd)
Flexural strength, Mu = 13.76 ft-kips

For landing:

Shear strength, Vu = 15.6 kips

Flexural strength, Mu = 51.2 ft-kips

If applying 1' strip method,

Shear strength, Vu = 3.34 kips

Flexural strength, Mu = 10.97 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 0.75 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
𝑑′= 1.125 in.
h= 5 in.
d= 3.875 in.
b= 12.00 in. 1' strip
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi

71
 Step Computation Reference
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 1017.99
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0208
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.97 square in.

For landing:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 196.57
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0034
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.32 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.084 square in. √
and
0.0651 square in.
(For landing, it's 0.17 in^2 since the d = 7.875 in.)
3. Concrete
Both stair slab and landing have greater required area of reinforcement
One-way
than minimum area of reinforcement, so they are O.K.
Slab
Approach
(6) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠
(cont'd)
If pick bar size, no. = 5
diameter of bar = 0.625 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.31 square in. Appendix A
since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.97 square in. for stair slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 4
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 3 in.

If pick bar size, no. = 4

diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.32 square in. for landing
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 2
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 6 in.

Now, check for minimum spacing:

The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.625 in. for #5

72
 Step Computation Reference
0.500 in. for #4
Since, 𝑠 = 3 𝑖𝑛. 𝑜𝑟 6 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(7) Check for shear limit:

Apply equation (b) shown in Section 3.1, Step (7), in accordance with
ACI 318-19, Table 22.5.5.1
The value of each parameter shown as follows:
𝑏𝑤 = 12 in. 1' strip
𝑑 = 3.875 in.
λ𝑠 = 1.00 Eq. 22.5.5.1.3
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
∅ = 0.75 Table 21.2.1
λ = 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
for stair ρ𝑤 = 0.0267
for landing ρ𝑤 = 0.0042

Therefore,
For stairway,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 5.27 kips
For landing,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 5.80 kips
3. Concrete
One-way
Since both of them are greater than the value of 𝑉𝑢, no need for ACI 318-19
Slab 7.6.3.1
shear reinforcement.
Approach
(cont'd)
(8) Minimum temperature and shrinkage reinforcement:
𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛= greater of
0.084 square in. √
and
0.065 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
Since, 𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.084 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

Check for maximum spacing:

𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = lesser of
25 in.
and
18 in. √
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 18 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

73
 Step Computation Reference
(9) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:
Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 0.75 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
13.13 in.
and
12 in. √
since 𝑠 = 6 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement
𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛.for temp. and shrinkage
O.K

(10) Check for deflection:

(a) Idealize the surface of the concrete that shows the cross sectional
area of the main bars
Now it becomes a rectangularshape of concrete with:
Clear width, 𝑏 = 56 in.
slab thickness, ℎ = 5 in.
No. of bar size = 5
Area of a single bar, 𝐴𝑠= 0.31 square in.
No. of bars = 4 for 1' strip
Total area of bars, 𝐴𝑠= 5.55 square in.
3. Concrete
One-way
(b) Determine the modification factor, 𝑛
, to convert steel to concrete
Slab
For normal weight concrete,
Approach
ACI 318-19
(cont'd) 𝐸𝑐 = 57,000 𝑓𝑐′ 19.2.2.1.a

𝐸𝑠
𝑛=
𝐸𝑐

Since,
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi
𝐸𝑐 = 3,605 ksi
𝐸𝑠 = 29,000 ksi
So that, 𝑛 = 8.04

(c) Assume the section is cracked, determine the cracking moment

ACI 318-19
𝑓𝑟 = 7.5λ 𝑓𝑐′ Eq. 19.2.3.1
1 Area moment
𝐼𝑔 = 𝑏ℎ3 of inertia of
12 rectangular
𝑓𝑟 𝐼𝑔 section
𝑀𝑐𝑟 = Eq. 24.2.3.5b
𝑦𝑡
where
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
λ= 1.0

74
 Step Computation Reference
𝑓𝑟= 474 psi
𝐼𝑔= 583 in^4
𝑦𝑡 = 2.5 in.
𝑀𝑐𝑟= 9.22 ft-kips
Since, 𝑀𝑐𝑟 = 9.22 𝑓𝑡 − 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 𝑀𝑢 = 64.2 𝑓𝑡 − 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 , it's cracked

(d) Apply transformed area method to determine the distance from

the exterme compression fiber to the neutral axis, 𝐶𝑁𝐴
From Section 3.1, Step (10),
σ 𝐴𝑖 𝑦𝑖
𝑦ത =
σ 𝐴𝑖

𝐶𝑁𝐴
𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 2 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑
𝐶𝑁𝐴 =
𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + (𝑛𝐴𝑠 )
Then, it becomes a quadratic equation:
𝑏 2
𝐶 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐶𝑁𝐴 − 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑 = 0
2 𝑁𝐴

The solution of 𝐶𝑁𝐴:

3. Concrete −𝑛𝐴𝑠 ∓ (𝑛𝐴𝑠 )2 +2𝑏(𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑)
𝐶𝑁𝐴 =
One-way 𝑏
Slab
Therefore, 𝐶𝑁𝐴 = 1.81 in.
Approach
(cont'd)
(e) Calculate moment of inertia of cracked section transformed to
concrete, 𝐼𝑐𝑟
2
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = ෍ 𝐼𝑖 + 𝐴𝑖 𝑑𝑦𝑖
Then, it becomes:
1 3
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 (𝑑 − 𝐶𝑁𝐴 )2
3
(The value of 𝐼𝑥 is so small that can be neglected)

Therefore, 𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 301.21 in^4

(f) Calculate effective moment of inertia, 𝐼𝑒

𝐼𝑐𝑟
𝐼𝑒 = ACI 318-19 Eq.
2
2Τ3 𝑀𝑐𝑟 𝐼 24.2.3.5(b)
1− 𝑀 (1 − 𝐼𝑐𝑟 )
𝑎 𝑔

𝑀𝑐𝑟= 9.22 ft-kips

𝑀𝑎 = 64.20 ft-kips
𝐼𝑔= 583 in^4
𝐼𝑐𝑟= 301 in^4
So that, 𝐼𝑒 = 303 in^4

75
 Step Computation Reference
(g) Check deflection:
According to ACI 318-19, Table 24.2.2, immediate deflection due to
live load 𝐿 is 𝑙 Τ360
𝑙= 116 in.
for slab span length
𝑙 Τ360 = 0.32
Only consider the middle span where the stairway slab is located,
see Figure
∆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 5𝑤𝑙 4 /384𝐸𝐼
ACI 318-19 Eq.
𝐸𝑐 = 57,000 𝑓𝑐′ 19.2.2.1.b
𝑓𝑐′= 4 ksi
𝐸𝑐= 3,605 ksi
𝑙= 116 in.
𝐼𝑒= 303 in^4
𝑤= 1306 plf
∆𝑚𝑎𝑥= 0.23
Since, ∆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 0.23 < 𝑙 Τ360 = 0.32, this design satisfies with the
deflection requirement

(11) Conclusion:
3. Concrete
For stairway slab, use #5 reinforcing rebar in every 3 in. spacing for
One-way
flexural reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in.
Slab
spacing for temperature reinforcement.
Approach
For landing, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 6 in. spacing for flexural
(cont'd)
reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
temperature reinforcement.

76
 Step Computation Reference
3.5 Design for S-KS-8-i:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is still both ends continuous.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 4.13 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 8 in., which is greater than
4.13 in.. The assumption is OK.
Therefore, h= 8 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 635 plf
3D = 1906 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.3 and Table 4.3
For stair slab:

Shear strength, Vu = 6.2 kips

Flexural positive strength, Mu = 6.2 ft-kips
3. Concrete
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 8.8 ft-kips
One-way
Slab
If applying 1' strip method, then they become:
Approach
(cont'd)
Shear strength, Vu = 1.33 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 1.33 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 1.89 ft-kips

For landing:

Shear strength, Vu = 6.5 kips

Flexural positive strength, Mu = 1.9 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 8.8 ft-kips

If applying 1' strip method, then they become:

Shear strength, Vu = 1.39 kips

Flexural positive strength, Mu = 0.41 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 1.89 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The value of each parameter shown as follows:
Cealr cover = 0.75 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
𝑑′= 1.125 in.

77
 𝑑
Step Computation Reference
h= 8 in.
d= 6.875 in.
b= 12.00 in. 1' strip
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stairway, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 31.23
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0005
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.04 square in.

For stairway, negative moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 44.33
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0007
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.06 square in.

For landing, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
3. Concrete
𝑅𝑢= 7.29
One-way
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0001
Slab
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.01 square in.
Approach
(cont'd)
For landing, negative moment:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 33.79
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0006
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.05 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.149 square in. √
and
0.116 square in.
For calculated values less than the area of minimum reinforcement,
apply 0.149 in^2 instead. For landing, it's still 0.17 in^2.

Therefore,
for stairway:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.15 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.15 square in.
for landing:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.17 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.17 square in.

78
 Step Computation Reference
(6) Determine center-to-center spacing, 𝑠:
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A

For stairway,
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.15 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.15 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

For landing,
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.17 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.17 square in.
3. Concrete
for 1' strip slab
One-way
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Slab
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.
Approach
(cont'd)
Now, check for minimum spacing:
The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.500 in.
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

Check for maximum spacing:

𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = lesser of
24 in.
and
18 in. √
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 18 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(7) Check for shear limit:

Apply equation (b) shown in Section 3.1, Step (7), in accordance with
ACI 318-19, Table 22.5.5.1
The value of each parameter shown as follows:
𝑏𝑤 = 12 in. 1' strip

79
 Step Computation Reference
𝑑 = 6.875 in.
λ𝑠 = 1.00
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
∅ = 0.75 Table 21.2.1
λ = 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
for stairway ρ𝑤 = 0.0048 governs
for landing ρ𝑤 = 0.0042 governs

Therefore,
For stairway,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 5.30 kips
For landing,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 5.80 kips

Since both of them are greater than the value of 𝑉𝑢, no need for ACI 318-19
shear reinforcement. 7.6.3.1

(8) Minimum temperature and shrinkage reinforcement:

𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛= greater of
0.149 square in. √
and
3. Concrete
0.116 square in.
One-way
If pick bar size, no. = 4
Slab
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
Approach Appendix A
area of bar = 0.20 square in.
(cont'd)
Since, 𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.149 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

Check for maximum spacing:

𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = lesser of
40 in.
and
18 in. √
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 18 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(9) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 0.75 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
13.13 in.
and
12 in. √

since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement

80
 Step Computation Reference
𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for temp. and shrinkage
O.K

(10) Check for deflection:

According to ACI 318-19, Section 7.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
thickness satisfies Table 7.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 7.3.2.2
member becomes composite need not to be checked.

(11) Conclusion:
For stairway slab, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
flexural reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in.
spacing for temperature reinforcement.
For landing, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
temperature reinforcement.
Flexural reinforcement in both stair slab and landing has two layers,
both acting as tention reinforcement.

3. Concrete
One-way
Slab
Approach
(cont'd)

81
 Step Computation Reference
3.6 Design for S-KS-8-ii:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is simply supported.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 5.79 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 8 in., which is greater than
5.79 in.. Deflection check is not required.
Therefore, h= 8 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 635 plf
3D = 1906 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.4 and Table 4.4
For stair slab:

Shear strength, Vu = 6.2 kips

Flexural strength, Mu = 70.7 ft-kips
3. Concrete
One-way
If applying 1' strip method,
Slab
Approach
Shear strength, Vu = 1.33 kips
(cont'd)
Flexural strength, Mu = 15.15 ft-kips

For landing:

Shear strength, Vu = 16.6 kips

Flexural strength, Mu = 55.7 ft-kips

If applying 1' strip method,

Shear strength, Vu = 3.56 kips

Flexural strength, Mu = 11.94 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 0.75 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
𝑑′= 1.125 in.
h= 8 in.
d= 6.875 in.
b= 12.00 in. 1' strip
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi

82
 Step Computation Reference
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 356.14
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0063
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.52 square in.

For landing:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 213.85
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0037
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.35 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.149 square in. √
and
0.116 square in.
(Minimum area is 0.17 in^2 for landing)
3. Concrete
Both stair slab and landing have greater required area of reinforcement
One-way
than minimum area of reinforcement, so they are O.K.
Slab
Approach
(6) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠
(cont'd)
If pick bar size, no. = 5
diameter of bar = 0.625 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.31 square in. Appendix A
since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.52 square in. for stair slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 2
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 6 in.

If pick bar size, no. = 4

diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.35 square in. for landing
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 2
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 6 in.

Now, check for minimum spacing:

The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.625 in. for #5

83
 Step Computation Reference
0.500 in. for #4
Since, 𝑠 = 6 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(7) Check for shear limit:

Apply equation (b) shown in Section 3.1, Step (7), in accordance with
ACI 318-19, Table 22.5.5.1
The value of each parameter shown as follows:
𝑏𝑤 = 12 in. 1' strip
𝑑 = 6.875 in.
λ𝑠 = 1.00
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
∅ = 0.75 Table 21.2.1
λ = 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
for stair ρ𝑤 = 0.0075
for landing ρ𝑤 = 0.0042

Therefore,
For stairway,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 6.13 kips
For landing,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 5.80 kips
3. Concrete
One-way
Since both of them are greater than the value of 𝑉𝑢, no need for ACI 318-19
Slab 7.6.3.1
shear reinforcement.
Approach
(cont'd)
(8) Minimum temperature and shrinkage reinforcement:
𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛= greater of
0.149 square in. √
and
0.116 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
Since, 𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.149 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

Check for maximum spacing:

𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = lesser of
40 in.
and
18 in. √
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 18 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

84
 Step Computation Reference
(9) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:
Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 0.75 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
13.13 in.
and
12 in. √
since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛.for flexural reinforcement
𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for temp. and shrinkage
O.K

(10) Check for deflection:

According to ACI 318-19, Section 7.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
thickness satisfies Table 7.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 7.3.2.2
member becomes composite need not to be checked.

(11) Conclusion:
For stairway slab, use #5 reinforcing rebar in every 6 in. spacing for
flexural reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in.
spacing for temperature reinforcement.
For landing, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 6 in. spacing for flexural
3. Concrete
reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
One-way
temperature reinforcement.
Slab
Approach
(cont'd)

85
 Step Computation Reference
3.7 Design for S-CA-5-i:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is still both ends continuous.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 4.13 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 5 in., which is greater than
4.13 in.. The assumption is OK.
Therefore, h= 5 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 466 plf
3D = 1398 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.5 and Table 4.5
For stair slab:

Shear strength, Vu = 6.9 kips

Flexural positive strength, Mu = 6.2 ft-kips
3. Concrete
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 10.4 ft-kips
One-way
Slab
If applying 1' strip method, then they become:
Approach
(cont'd)
Shear strength, Vu = 1.48 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 1.33 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 2.23 ft-kips

For landing:

Shear strength, Vu = 9.7 kips

Flexural positive strength, Mu = 4.3 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 10.4 ft-kips

If applying 1' strip method, then they become:

Shear strength, Vu = 2.08 kips

Flexural positive strength, Mu = 0.92 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 2.23 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The value of each parameter shown as follows:
Cealr cover = 0.75 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
𝑑′= 1.125 in.

86
 𝑑
Step Computation Reference
h= 5 in.
d= 3.875 in.
b= 12.00 in. 1' strip
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stairway, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 98.31
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0017
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.08 square in.

For stairway, negative moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 164.91
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0028
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.13 square in.

For landing, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
3. Concrete
𝑅𝑢= 16.51
One-way
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0003
Slab
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.03 square in.
Approach
(cont'd)
For landing, negative moment:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 39.93
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0007
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.06 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.084 square in. √
and
0.065 square in.
For calculated values less than the area of minimum reinforcement,
apply 0.084 in^2 instead. For landing, it's 0.17 in^2.

Therefore,
for stairway:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.08 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.13 square in.
for landing:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.17 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.17 square in.

87
 Step Computation Reference
(6) Determine center-to-center spacing, 𝑠:
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A

For stairway,
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.08 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.13 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

For landing,
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.17 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.17 square in.
3. Concrete
for 1' strip slab
One-way
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Slab
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.
Approach
(cont'd)
Now, check for minimum spacing:
The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.500 in.
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

Check for maximum spacing:

𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = lesser of
15 in. √
and
18 in.
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 15 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(7) Check for shear limit:

Apply equation (b) shown in Section 3.1, Step (7), in accordance with
ACI 318-19, Table 22.5.5.1
The value of each parameter shown as follows:
𝑏𝑤 = 12 in. 1' strip

88
 Step Computation Reference
𝑑 = 3.875 in.
λ𝑠 = 1.00
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
∅ = 0.75 Table 21.2.1
λ = 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
for stairway ρ𝑤 = 0.0086 governs
for landing ρ𝑤 = 0.0042 governs

Therefore,
For stairway,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 3.62 kips
For landing,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 5.80 kips

Since both of them are greater than the value of 𝑉𝑢, no need for ACI 318-19
shear reinforcement. 7.6.3.1

(8) Minimum temperature and shrinkage reinforcement:

𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛= greater of
0.084 square in. √
and
3. Concrete
0.065 square in.
One-way
If pick bar size, no. = 4
Slab
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
Approach Appendix A
area of bar = 0.20 square in.
(cont'd)
Since, 𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.084 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

Check for maximum spacing:

𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = lesser of
25 in.
and
18 in. √
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 18 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(9) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 0.75 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
13.13 in.
and
12 in. √

since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement

89
 Step Computation Reference
𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for temp. and shrinkage
O.K

(10) Check for deflection:

According to ACI 318-19, Section 7.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
thickness satisfies Table 7.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 7.3.2.2
member becomes composite need not to be checked.

(11) Conclusion:
For stairway slab, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
flexural reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in.
spacing for temperature reinforcement.
For landing, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
temperature reinforcement.
Flexural reinforcement in both stair slab and landing has two layers,
both acting as tention reinforcement.

3. Concrete
One-way
Slab
Approach
(cont'd)

90
 Step Computation Reference
3.8 Design for S-CA-5-ii:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is simply supported.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 5.79 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 5 in., which is less than
5.79 in.. Deflection check is required.
Therefore, h= 5 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 466 plf
3D = 1398 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.6 and Table 4.6
For stair slab:

Shear strength, Vu = 6.9 kips

Flexural strength, Mu = 88.9 ft-kips
3. Concrete
One-way
If applying 1' strip method,
Slab
Approach
Shear strength, Vu = 1.48 kips
(cont'd)
Flexural strength, Mu = 19.05 ft-kips

For landing:

Shear strength, Vu = 22.9 kips

Flexural strength, Mu = 72.3 ft-kips

If applying 1' strip method,

Shear strength, Vu = 4.91 kips

Flexural strength, Mu = 15.49 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 0.75 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
𝑑′= 1.125 in.
h= 5 in.
d= 3.875 in.
b= 12.00 in. 1' strip
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi

91
 Step Computation Reference
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 1409.64
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0332
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 1.55 square in.

For landing:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 277.58
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0048
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.46 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.084 square in. √
and
0.0651 square in.
3. Concrete
As previously said, the minimum reinforcement area of landing is 0.10
One-way
in^2. Since the required area satisfy with the minimums, it is O.K.
Slab
Approach
(6) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠
(cont'd)
If pick bar size, no. = 6
diameter of bar = 0.750 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.44 square in. Appendix A
since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 1.55 square in. for stair slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 4
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 3 in.

If pick bar size, no. = 4

diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.46 square in. for landing
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 3
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 4 in.

Now, check for minimum spacing:

The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.500 in. for #4

92
 Step Computation Reference
0.750 in. for #6
Since, 𝑠 = 3 𝑖𝑛. 𝑜𝑟 4 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(7) Check for shear limit:

Apply equation (b) shown in Section 3.1, Step (7), in accordance with
ACI 318-19, Table 22.5.5.1
The value of each parameter shown as follows:
𝑏𝑤 = 12 in. 1' strip
𝑑 = 3.875 in.
λ𝑠 = 1.00
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
∅ = 0.75 Table 21.2.1
λ = 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
for stair ρ𝑤 = 0.0378
for landing ρ𝑤 = 0.0063

Therefore,
For stairway,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 5.92 kips
For landing,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 6.64 kips
3. Concrete
One-way
Since both of them are greater than the value of 𝑉𝑢, no need for ACI 318-19
Slab 7.6.3.1
shear reinforcement.
Approach
(cont'd)
(8) Minimum temperature and shrinkage reinforcement:
𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛= greater of
0.084 square in. √
and
0.065 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
Since, 𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.084 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

Check for maximum spacing:

𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = lesser of
25 in.
and
18 in. √
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 18 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

93
 Step Computation Reference
(9) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:
Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 0.75 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
13.13 in.
and
12 in. √
since 𝑠 = 4 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement
𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛.for temp. and shrinkage
O.K

(10) Check for deflection:

(a) Idealize the surface of the concrete that shows the cross sectional
area of the main bars
Now it becomes a rectangularshape of concrete with:
Clear width, 𝑏 = 56 in.
slab thickness, ℎ = 5 in.
No. of bar size = 5
Area of a single bar, 𝐴𝑠= 0.44 square in.
No. of bars = 4 for 1' strip
Total area of bars, 𝐴𝑠= 7.92 square in.
3. Concrete
One-way
(b) Determine the modification factor, 𝑛
, to convert steel to concrete
Slab
For normal weight concrete,
Approach
ACI 318-19
(cont'd) 𝐸𝑐 = 57,000 𝑓𝑐′ 19.2.2.1.a

𝐸𝑠
𝑛=
𝐸𝑐

Since,
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi
𝐸𝑐 = 3,605 ksi
𝐸𝑠 = 29,000 ksi
So that, 𝑛 = 8.04

(c) Assume the section is cracked, determine the cracking moment

ACI 318-19
𝑓𝑟 = 7.5λ 𝑓𝑐′ Eq. 19.2.3.1
1 Area moment
𝐼𝑔 = 𝑏ℎ3 of inertia of
12 rectangular
𝑓𝑟 𝐼𝑔 section
𝑀𝑐𝑟 = Eq. 24.2.3.5b
𝑦𝑡
where
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
λ= 1.0

94
 Step Computation Reference
𝑓𝑟= 474 psi
𝐼𝑔= 583 in^4
𝑦𝑡 = 2.5 in.
𝑀𝑐𝑟= 9.22 ft-kips
Since, 𝑀𝑐𝑟 = 9.22 𝑓𝑡 − 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 𝑀𝑢 = 88.9 𝑓𝑡 − 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 , it's cracked

(d) Apply transformed area method to determine the distance from

the exterme compression fiber to the neutral axis, 𝐶𝑁𝐴
From Section 3.1, Step (10),
σ 𝐴𝑖 𝑦𝑖
𝑦ത =
σ 𝐴𝑖

𝐶𝑁𝐴
𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 2 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑
𝐶𝑁𝐴 =
𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + (𝑛𝐴𝑠 )
Then, it becomes a quadratic equation:
𝑏 2
𝐶 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐶𝑁𝐴 − 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑 = 0
2 𝑁𝐴

The solution of 𝐶𝑁𝐴:

3. Concrete −𝑛𝐴𝑠 ∓ (𝑛𝐴𝑠 )2 +2𝑏(𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑)
𝐶𝑁𝐴 =
One-way 𝑏
Slab
Therefore, 𝐶𝑁𝐴 = 2.04 in.
Approach
(cont'd)
(e) Calculate moment of inertia of cracked section transformed to
concrete, 𝐼𝑐𝑟
2
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = ෍ 𝐼𝑖 + 𝐴𝑖 𝑑𝑦𝑖
Then, it becomes:
1 3
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 (𝑑 − 𝐶𝑁𝐴 )2
3
(The value of 𝐼𝑥 is so small that can be neglected)

Therefore, 𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 373.00 in^4

(f) Calculate effective moment of inertia, 𝐼𝑒

𝐼𝑐𝑟
𝐼𝑒 = ACI 318-19 Eq.
2
2Τ3 𝑀𝑐𝑟 𝐼 24.2.3.5(b)
1− 𝑀 (1 − 𝐼𝑐𝑟 )
𝑎 𝑔

𝑀𝑐𝑟= 9.22 ft-kips

𝑀𝑎 = 88.90 ft-kips
𝐼𝑔= 583 in^4
𝐼𝑐𝑟= 373 in^4
So that, 𝐼𝑒 = 374 in^4

95
 Step Computation Reference
(g) Check deflection:
According to ACI 318-19, Table 24.2.2, immediate deflection due to
live load 𝐿 is 𝑙 Τ360
𝑙= 116 in.
for slab span length
𝑙 Τ360 = 0.32
Only consider the middle span where the stairway slab is located,
see Figure
∆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 5𝑤𝑙 4 /384𝐸𝐼
ACI 318-19 Eq.
𝐸𝑐 = 57,000 𝑓𝑐′ 19.2.2.1.b
𝑓𝑐′= 4 ksi
𝐸𝑐= 3,605 ksi
𝑙= 116 in.
𝐼𝑒= 374 in^4
𝑤= 1669 plf
∆𝑚𝑎𝑥= 0.24
Since, ∆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 0.24 < 𝑙 Τ360 = 0.32, this design satisfies with the
deflection requirement

(11) Conclusion:
3. Concrete
For stairway slab, use #6 reinforcing rebar in every 3 in. spacing for
One-way
flexural reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in.
Slab
spacing for temperature reinforcement.
Approach
For landing, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 4 in. spacing for flexural
(cont'd)
reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
temperature reinforcement.

96
 Step Computation Reference
3.9 Design for S-CA-8-i:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is still both ends continuous.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 4.13 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 8 in., which is greater than
4.13 in.. The assumption is OK.
Therefore, h= 8 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 635 plf
3D = 1906 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.7 and Table 4.7
For stair slab:

Shear strength, Vu = 8.7 kips

Flexural positive strength, Mu = 8.5 ft-kips
3. Concrete
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 12.6 ft-kips
One-way
Slab
If applying 1' strip method, then they become:
Approach
(cont'd)
Shear strength, Vu = 1.86 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 1.82 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 2.70 ft-kips

For landing:

Shear strength, Vu = 10.1 kips

Flexural positive strength, Mu = 3.5 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 12.6 ft-kips

If applying 1' strip method, then they become:

Shear strength, Vu = 2.16 kips

Flexural positive strength, Mu = 0.75 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 2.70 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The value of each parameter shown as follows:
Cealr cover = 0.75 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
𝑑′= 1.125 in.

97
 𝑑
Step Computation Reference
h= 8 in.
d= 6.875 in.
b= 12.00 in. 1' strip
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stairway, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 42.82
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0007
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.06 square in.

For stairway, negative moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 63.47
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0011
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.09 square in.

For landing, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
3. Concrete
𝑅𝑢= 13.44
One-way
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0002
Slab
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.02 square in.
Approach
(cont'd)
For landing, negative moment:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 48.37
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0008
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.08 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.149 square in. √
and
0.116 square in.
For calculated values less than the area of minimum reinforcement,
apply 0.149 in^2 instead. For Landing, it is 0.17 in^2.

Therefore,
for stairway:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.15 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.15 square in.
for landing:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.17 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.17 square in.

98
 Step Computation Reference
(6) Determine center-to-center spacing, 𝑠:
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A

For stairway,
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.15 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.15 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

For landing,
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.17 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.17 square in.
3. Concrete
for 1' strip slab
One-way
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Slab
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.
Approach
(cont'd)
Now, check for minimum spacing:
The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.500 in.
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

Check for maximum spacing:

𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = lesser of
24 in.
and
18 in. √
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 18 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(7) Check for shear limit:

Apply equation (b) shown in Section 3.1, Step (7), in accordance with
ACI 318-19, Table 22.5.5.1
The value of each parameter shown as follows:
𝑏𝑤 = 12 in. 1' strip

99
 Step Computation Reference
𝑑 = 6.875 in.
λ𝑠 = 1.00
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
∅ = 0.75 Table 21.2.1
λ = 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
for stairway ρ𝑤 = 0.0048 governs
for landing ρ𝑤 = 0.0042 governs

Therefore,
For stairway,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 5.30 kips
For landing,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 5.80 kips

Since both of them are greater than the value of 𝑉𝑢, no need for ACI 318-19
shear reinforcement. 7.6.3.1

(8) Minimum temperature and shrinkage reinforcement:

𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛= greater of
0.149 square in. √
and
3. Concrete
0.116 square in.
One-way
If pick bar size, no. = 4
Slab
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
Approach Appendix A
area of bar = 0.20 square in.
(cont'd)
Since, 𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.149 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

Check for maximum spacing:

𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = lesser of
40 in.
and
18 in. √
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 18 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(9) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 0.75 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
13.13 in.
and
12 in. √

since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement

100
 Step Computation Reference
𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for temp. and shrinkage
O.K

(10) Check for deflection:

According to ACI 318-19, Section 7.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
thickness satisfies Table 7.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 7.3.2.2
member becomes composite need not to be checked.

(11) Conclusion:
For stairway slab, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
flexural reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in.
spacing for temperature reinforcement.
For landing, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
temperature reinforcement.
Flexural reinforcement in both stair slab and landing has two layers,
both acting as tention reinforcement.

3. Concrete
One-way
Slab
Approach
(cont'd)

101
 Step Computation Reference
3.10 Design for S-CA-8-ii:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is simply supported.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 5.79 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 8 in., which is greater than
5.79 in.. Deflection check is not required.
Therefore, h= 8 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 635 plf
3D = 1906 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.8 and Table 4.8
For stair slab:

Shear strength, Vu = 8.7 kips

Flexural strength, Mu = 103.6 ft-kips
3. Concrete
One-way
If applying 1' strip method,
Slab
Approach
Shear strength, Vu = 1.86 kips
(cont'd)
Flexural strength, Mu = 22.20 ft-kips

For landing:

Shear strength, Vu = 25.1 kips

Flexural strength, Mu = 82.5 ft-kips

If applying 1' strip method,

Shear strength, Vu = 5.38 kips

Flexural strength, Mu = 17.68 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 0.75 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
𝑑′= 1.125 in.
h= 8 in.
d= 6.875 in.
b= 12.00 in. 1' strip
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi

102
 Step Computation Reference
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 521.87
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0095
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.78 square in.

For landing:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 316.74
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0056
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.52 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.149 square in. √
and
0.116 square in.
3. Concrete
Both stair slab and landing have greater required area of reinforcement
One-way
than minimum area of reinforcement, so they are O.K.
Slab
Approach
(6) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠
(cont'd)
If pick bar size, no. = 6
diameter of bar = 0.750 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.44 square in. Appendix A
since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.78 square in. for stair slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 2
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 6 in.

If pick bar size, no. = 5

diameter of bar = 0.625 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.31 square in. Appendix A
since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.52 square in. for landing
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 2
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 6 in.

Now, check for minimum spacing:

The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.750 in. for #6

103
 Step Computation Reference
0.625 in. for #5
Since, 𝑠 = 6 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(7) Check for shear limit:

Apply equation (b) shown in Section 3.1, Step (7), in accordance with
ACI 318-19, Table 22.5.5.1
The value of each parameter shown as follows:
𝑏𝑤 = 12 in. 1' strip
𝑑 = 6.875 in.
λ𝑠 = 1.00
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
∅ = 0.75 Table 21.2.1
λ = 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
for stair ρ𝑤 = 0.0107
for landing ρ𝑤 = 0.0066

Therefore,
For stairway,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 6.89 kips
For landing,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 6.71 kips
3. Concrete
One-way
Since both of them are greater than the value of 𝑉𝑢, no need for ACI 318-19
Slab 7.6.3.1
shear reinforcement.
Approach
(cont'd)
(8) Minimum temperature and shrinkage reinforcement:
𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛= greater of
0.149 square in. √
and
0.116 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
Since, 𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.149 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

Check for maximum spacing:

𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = lesser of
40 in.
and
18 in. √
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 18 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

104
 Step Computation Reference
(9) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:
Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 0.75 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
13.13 in.
and
12 in. √
since 𝑠 = 6 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement
𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for temp. and shrinkage
O.K

(10) Check for deflection:

According to ACI 318-19, Section 7.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
thickness satisfies Table 7.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 7.3.2.2
member becomes composite need not to be checked.

(11) Conclusion:
For stairway slab, use #6 reinforcing rebar in every 6 in. spacing for
flexural reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in.
spacing for temperature reinforcement.
For landing, use #5 reinforcing rebar in every 6 in. spacing for flexural
3. Concrete
reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
One-way
temperature reinforcement.
Slab
Approach
(cont'd)

105
 Step Computation Reference
4.1 General steps:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
Acoording to ACI 318-19, Table 9.3.1.1 - Minimum thickness of solid
nonprestressed one-way slabs:
Support condition Minimum h
Simply supported 𝑙/16
ACI 318-19
One end continuous 𝑙/18.5 Table 9.3.1.1
Both ends continuous 𝑙/21
Cantilever 𝑙/8

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D, where L stands for live load, D stands for dead load: ACI 318-19
Section 6.5.1
(3) Calculate shear and moment based on RISA 3D

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ, based on flexural

moment:
𝑓𝑦
𝑚=
0.85𝑓𝑐′
𝑀𝑢
𝑅𝑢 =
Φ𝑏𝑑2
1 2𝑅𝑢 𝑚
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑 = [1 − 1− ]
4. Concrete 𝑚 𝑓𝑦

Beam
where
Approach
𝑏 = width of compression face of member, in.
𝑑 = distance from extreme compression fiber to centroid of
longitudinal tension reinforcement, in.
𝑓𝑦 = specified yield strength for nonprestressed reinforcement,
psi
𝑓𝑐, = specified compressive strength of concrete, psi
𝑀𝑢 = actual moment, ft-kip
𝑅𝑢 , 𝑚 = formula conversion parameter
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑 = required area of reinforcement
Φ = strength reduction factor

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limits:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 shall be the greater of (a) and (b), according to ACI 318-19,
Section 9.6.1.2
(a) 3 𝑓𝑐′
𝑏 𝑑 ACI 318-19
𝑓𝑦 𝑤 Section 9.6.1.2

200
(b) 𝑏 𝑑
𝑓𝑦 𝑤

106
 Step Computation Reference
(6) Shear reinforcement:
A minimum area of shear reinforcement, 𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛, shall be provided
ACI 318-19
in all regions where 𝑉𝑢 > 0.5Φ𝑉𝑐 Section 9.6.3.1
If shear reinforcement is required, then:
Set
𝑉𝑢 = ∅𝑉𝑛 , where ∅ = 0.75
then
𝑉𝑛 = 𝑉𝑐 + 𝑉𝑠 Eq. 22.5.1.1
and
𝑁𝑢 Table 22.5.5.1
𝑉𝑐 = 2λ 𝑓𝑐′ + 𝑏 𝑑 (b)
6𝐴𝑔 𝑤

𝐴𝑣 𝑓𝑦𝑡 𝑑 Eq. 22.5.10.5.3

𝑉𝑠 =
𝑠
which can be re-writen to:
𝐴𝑣 𝑉𝑠
=
𝑠 𝑓𝑦𝑡 𝑑

Check with minimum shear reinforcement, in accordance with ACI 318-

19, Section 9.6.3.3
Beam type 𝑨𝒗,𝒎𝒊𝒏 Τ𝒔
4. Concrete 𝑏𝑤
0.75 𝑓𝑐′ ACI 318-19
Beam Greater 𝑓𝑦𝑡 Table 9.6.3.3
Nonprestressed
Approach of: 𝑏𝑤
50
(cont'd) 𝑓𝑦𝑡

where
𝐴𝑔 = gross area of concrete section
𝐴𝑣 = area of shear reinforcement within spacing
𝑏𝑤 = web width or diameter of circular section
𝑑 = distance from exterme compression fiber to controid of
longitudinal tension reinforcement
𝑓𝑐′ = specified compressive strength of concrete
𝑓𝑦𝑡 = specified yield strength of transverse reinforcement, in.
𝑁𝑢 = factored axial force normal to cross section
𝑠 = center-to-center spacing of reinforcement, in.
𝑉𝑐 = shear srength provided by concrete
𝑉𝑛 = equivalent concrete stress corresponding to nominal two-
way shear strength
𝑉𝑠 = shear srength provided by reinforcement
𝑉𝑢 = maximum factored two-way shear stress calculated around
the perimeter of a given critical section
λ = modification factor to reflect the reduced mechanical
properties of lightweight concrete relative to normal
weight concrete of the same compressive strength
𝑠 = center-to-center spacing of reinforcement, in.

107
 𝑠
Step Computation Reference
(7) Determine center-to-center spacing, 𝑠of reinforcement:
Minimum spacing - shall be at least the greatest of 1 in., 𝑑𝑏, and
(4Τ3)𝑑𝑎𝑔𝑔 ACI 318-19
Minimum layer spacing - shall be at least 1 in. between layers for Section 25.2.1,
parallel nonprestressed reinforcement placed in two or more and 25.2.2

horizontal layers

(8) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Reinforcement type Maximum spacing 𝒔
40,000
15 − 2.5𝑐𝑐 ACI 318-19
Deformed bars or 𝑓𝑠 Table 24.3.2
Lesser of:
wires 40,000
12
𝑓𝑠

(9) Check for deflection:

Deflection shall be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-19 Section ACI 318-19
24.2 and shall not exceed the limits in 24.2.2. Section 7.3.2.1,
24.2, 24.2.2

Assume the section is cracked, determine the cracking moment

ACI 318-19
𝑓𝑟 = 7.5λ 𝑓𝑐′ Eq. 19.2.3.1
4. Concrete 1 Area moment
𝐼𝑔 = 𝑏ℎ3 of inertia of
Beam 12 rectangular
Approach section
𝑓𝑟 𝐼𝑔
(cont'd) 𝑀𝑐𝑟 = Eq. 24.2.3.5b
𝑦𝑡
where
𝑓𝑐, = specified compressive strength of concrete, psi
𝑓𝑟 = modulus of rupture of concrete, psi
𝐼𝑔 = area moment of inertia
𝑀𝑐𝑟 = cracking moment
𝑦𝑡 = distance from centroidal axis of gross section, neglecting
reinforcement, to tension face, in.
λ = modification factor to reflect the reduced mechanical
properties of lightweight concrete relative to normal
weight concrete of the same compressive strength

Apply transformed area method to determine the distance from

the exterme compression fiber to the neutral axis, 𝐶𝑁𝐴
σ 𝐴𝑖 𝑦𝑖
𝑦ത =
σ 𝐴𝑖

If take the very top line of the section as the reference line, then
the equation becomes:

108
 Step Computation Reference
𝐶𝑁𝐴
𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 2 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑
𝐶𝑁𝐴 =
𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + (𝑛𝐴𝑠 )

Then, it becomes a quadratic equation:

𝑏 2
𝐶 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐶𝑁𝐴 − 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑 = 0
2 𝑁𝐴

The solution of 𝐶𝑁𝐴:

−𝑛𝐴𝑠 ∓ (𝑛𝐴𝑠 )2 +2𝑏(𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑)
𝐶𝑁𝐴 =
𝑏

Calculate moment of inertia of cracked section transformed to

concrete, 𝐼𝑐𝑟
2
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = ෍ 𝐼𝑖 + 𝐴𝑖 𝑑𝑦𝑖
Then, it becomes:
1 3
𝐶𝑁𝐴 2
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + 𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 ( ) +𝑛𝐴𝑠 (𝑑 − 𝐶𝑁𝐴 )2
12 2
(The value of 𝐼𝑥 is so small that can be neglected)
4. Concrete or
Beam 1 3
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 (𝑑 − 𝐶𝑁𝐴 )2
Approach 3
(cont'd)
Calculate effective moment of inertia, 𝐼𝑒
𝐼𝑐𝑟 ACI 318-19
𝐼𝑒 = 2 Table
2Τ3 𝑀𝑐𝑟 𝐼
1− 𝑀 (1 − 𝐼𝑐𝑟 ) 24.2.3.5(b)
𝑎 𝑔

Then, check deflection

According to ACI 318-19, Table 24.2.2, immediate deflection due to
live load 𝐿 is 𝑙 Τ360
𝑙 Τ360
Only consider the middle span where the stairway slab is located,
∆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 5𝑤𝑙 4 /384𝐸𝐼

𝐸𝑐 = 57,000 𝑓𝑐′ ACI 318-19 Eq.

19.2.2.1.b

109
 Step Computation Reference
4.2 Eight cases:
There are eight cases to be designed by concrete beam method for this
project:
B-KS-5-i
B-KS-5-ii
B-KS-8-i
B-KS-8-ii
B-CA-5-i
B-CA-5-ii
B-CA-8-i
B-CA-8-ii

4.3 Design for B-KS-5-i:

(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is still both ends continuous.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 5.51 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 5 in., which is less than
5.51 in.. Need to check for deflection limit.
Therefore, h= 5 in.
4. Concrete
Beam (2) Check if L ≤ 3D:
Approach L= 467 plf
(cont'd) D= 466 plf
3D = 1398 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.1 and Table 4.1

For stair slab:

Flexural strength, Mu = 7.8 ft-kips
Shear strength, Vu = 5.4 kips

For landing:
Flexural strength, Mu = 7.8 ft-kips
Shear strength, Vu = 6.3 kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 1.5 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
Dia. of stirrup = 0.5 in.
′= 2.375 in.
𝑑
h= 5 in.
d= 2.625 in.

110
 d
Step Computation Reference
b= 56.00 in.
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair slab:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 269.52
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0047
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.69 square in.

For landing:
𝑚= 17.65 **Note: For landing,
𝑅𝑢= 42.31 the value of h is 9
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0007 inches. So, it has two
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.26 square in. layers of
reinforcement.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.46 square in.
and
4. Concrete 0.49 square in. √
Beam Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.70 𝑖𝑛2 > 𝐴𝑠,,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.47 𝑖𝑛2 O.K.
Approach (For landing, the minimum area is 1.24 in^2. Therefore, change it to 1.24 in^2)
(cont'd) (6) Minimum shear reinforcement:
Since, 𝑏𝑤= 56.00 in.
𝑑= 2.63 in.
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
λ= 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
∅= 0.75 Table 21.2.1
So that, 𝑉𝑐= 18.59 kips
∅𝑉𝑐 = 13.95 kips
0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 6.97 kips
For stair slab
0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60 kips
For landing
(when h = 9 in., and d = 6.625 in.)
For stair slab:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 5.4 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 6.97𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
not required.

For landing:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 6.3 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 , shear reinforcement is
not required.

111
 Step Computation Reference
(7) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠
For stair slab:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.69 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 4
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

For landing:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 1.24 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 7
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 7 in.

Now, check for minimum spacing:

The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
4. Concrete 1 in. √
Beam and
Approach 0.500 in. #4 bars
(cont'd) Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(8) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 1.5 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
11.25 in. √
and
12 in.

Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 11.25 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement

reduce flexural reinforcement spacing to 11 in. to satisfy the standard.

(9) Check for deflection:

(a) Idealize the surface of the concrete that shows the cross sectional
area of the main bars
Now it becomes a rectangularshape of concrete with:
Clear width, 𝑏 = 56.00 in.
slab thickness, ℎ = 5 in.
No. of bar size = 4
Area of a single bar, 𝐴𝑠= 0.20 square in.
No. of bars = 4

112
 Step Computation Reference
Total area of bars, 𝐴𝑠= 0.80 square in.

(b) Determine the modification factor, 𝑛

, to convert steel to concrete
For normal weight concrete,
ACI 318-19
𝐸𝑐 = 57,000 𝑓𝑐′ 19.2.2.1.a

𝐸𝑠
𝑛=
𝐸𝑐

Since,
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi
𝐸𝑐 = 3,605 ksi
𝐸𝑠 = 29,000 ksi
So that, 𝑛 = 8.04

(c) Assume the section is cracked, determine the cracking moment

ACI 318-19
𝑓𝑟 = 7.5λ 𝑓𝑐′ Eq. 19.2.3.1
1 Area moment
𝐼𝑔 = 𝑏ℎ3 of inertia of
12 rectangular
𝑓𝑟 𝐼𝑔 section
4. Concrete 𝑀𝑐𝑟 = Eq. 24.2.3.5b
𝑦𝑡
Beam
Approach where
(cont'd) 𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
λ= 1.0
𝑓𝑟= 474 psi
𝐼𝑔= 583 in^4
𝑦𝑡 = 2.5 in.
𝑀𝑐𝑟= 9.22 ft-kips
Since, 𝑀𝑐𝑟 = 9.22 𝑓𝑡 − 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 > 𝑀𝑢 = 7.8 𝑓𝑡 − 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 , it's not cracked.
No further calculation needed.

(10) Conclusion:
For stair slab, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 11 in. for flexural
reinforcement.
For landing, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 7 in. for each layer (total
two layers) for flexural reinforcement.
No shear reinforcement required for neither stair slab or landing.

113
 Step Computation Reference
4.4 Design for B-KS-5-ii:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is simply supported.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 7.24 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 5 in., which is less than
7.24 in.. Need to check for deflection limit.
Therefore, h= 5 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 466 plf
3D = 1398 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.2 and Table 4.2

For stair slab:

Flexural strength, Mu = 64.2 ft-kips
Shear strength, Vu = 5.4 kips
4. Concrete
Beam For landing:
Approach Flexural strength, Mu = 51.2 ft-kips
(cont'd) Shear strength, Vu = 15.6 kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 1.5 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
Dia. of stirrup = 0.5 in.
′= 2.375 in.
𝑑
h= 5 in.
d= 2.625 in.
b= 56.00 in.
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair slab:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 2218.33
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= #NUM!
The value of ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑 is indeterminate by excel, which means it is not
in the tension-controlled region. Therefore, concrete beam method
does not apply to this problem.

114
 Step Computation Reference
4.5 Design for B-KS-8-i:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is still both ends continuous.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 5.51 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 8 in., which is greater than
5.51 in.. No need to check for deflection limit.
Therefore, h= 8 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 635 plf
3D = 1906 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.3 and Table 4.3

For stair slab:

Shear strength, Vu = 6.2 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 6.2 ft-kips
4. Concrete Flexural negative strength, Mu = 8.8 ft-kips
Beam
Approach For landing:
(cont'd) Shear strength, Vu = 6.5 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 1.9 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 8.8 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 1.5 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
Dia. of stirrup = 0.5 in.
𝑑′= 2.375 in.
h= 8 in.
d= 5.625 in.
b= 56.00 in.
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair slab, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 46.65
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0008
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.25 square in.

115
 Step Computation Reference
For stair slab, negative moment:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 66.22
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0011
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.35 square in.

For landing, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 10.31
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0002
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.06 square in.

For landing, negative moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 47.74
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0008
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.30 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1.00 square in.
4. Concrete and
Beam 1.05 square in. √
Approach
(cont'd) None of the areas satisfies with the minimum flexural reinforcement.
Increase them to 1.05 square in. For landing, it is 1.24 square in..
Therefore,
For stair slab: 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 1.05 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 1.05 square in.
For landing: 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 1.24 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 1.24 square in.

(6) Minimum shear reinforcement:

Since, 𝑏𝑤= 56.00 in.
𝑑= 5.63 in.
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
λ= 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
∅= 0.75 Table 21.2.1
So that, 𝑉𝑐= 39.84 kips
∅𝑉𝑐 = 29.88 kips
0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 14.94 kips
For stair slab
0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60 kips
For landing
(when h = 6 in., and d = 3.5 in.)

116
 Step Computation Reference
For stair slab:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 6.2 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 14.94𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
not required.

For landing:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 6.5 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
not required.

(7) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠

For stair slab:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 1.05 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 6
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 8 in.

For landing:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 1.24 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
4. Concrete area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
Beam No. of bar = 7
Approach Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 7 in.
(cont'd)
(8) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:
Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 1.5 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
11.25 in. √
and
12 in.

Since 𝑠 = 8 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 11.25 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement

O.K.

(9) Check for deflection:

According to ACI 318-19, Section 9.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
thickness satisfies Table 9.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 9.3.2.2
member becomes composite need not to be checked.

(10) Conclusion:
For stair slab, it has two layers of #4 reinforcing rebar in every 8 in.,
both acting as tension reinforcement.
For landing, it has two layers of #4 reinforcing rebar in every 7 in..
No shear reinforcement required for neither stair slab or landing.

117
 Step Computation Reference
4.6 Design for B-KS-8-ii:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is simply supported.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 7.24 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 8 in., which is greater than
7.24 in.. No need to check for deflection limit.
Therefore, h= 8 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 635 plf
3D = 1906 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.4 and Table 4.4

For stair slab:

Flexural strength, Mu = 70.7 ft-kips
Shear strength, Vu = 6.2 kips
4. Concrete
Beam For landing:
Approach Flexural strength, Mu = 55.7 ft-kips
(cont'd) Shear strength, Vu = 16.6 kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 1.5 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
Dia. of stirrup = 0.5 in.
′= 2.375 in.
𝑑
h= 8 in.
d= 5.625 in.
b= 56.00 in.
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair slab:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 532.02
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0097
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 3.05 square in.

118
 Step Computation Reference
For landing:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 302.16
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0053
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 1.96 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1.00 square in.
and
1.05 square in. √
Since both values of 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 are greater than 𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 , it is O.K..
(For landing, the minimum area is 1.24 in^2)
(6) Minimum shear reinforcement:
Since, 𝑏𝑤= 56.00 in.
𝑑= 5.625 in.
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
λ= 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
∅= 0.75 Table 21.2.1
So that, 𝑉𝑐= 39.84 kips
∅𝑉𝑐 = 29.88 kips
4. Concrete 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 14.94 kips
Beam For stair slab
Approach 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60 kips
(cont'd) For landing
(when h = 9 in., and d = 6.625 in.)
For stair slab:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 6.2 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 14.94𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
not required.

For landing:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 16.6 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 , shear reinforcement is
not required.

Therefore, for minimum shear reinforcement:

𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 Τ𝑠 shall be the greater of 𝑏𝑤
0.75 𝑓𝑐′
𝑓𝑦𝑡
ACI 318-19
or Table 9.6.3.3
𝑏𝑤
50
𝑓𝑦𝑡

Since,
𝑏𝑤 = 56.00 in.
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦𝑡= 60,000 psi

119
 Step Computation Reference
𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 Τ𝑠 = greater of
0.0443
and
0.0467
Assume 𝑠= 1.5 in.
The maximum spacing of 𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.04 square in. for single rebar
shear reinforcement
should not be greater than
d/2 or 24 in.. Since d/2 =
If pick bar size, no. = 4
1.75 in. for landing, take diameter of bar = 0.500 in.
1.5 in. area of bar = 0.20 square in.

(7) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠

For stair slab:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 3.05 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 5
diameter of bar = 0.625 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.31 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 10
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 5 in.

For landing:
4. Concrete 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 1.96 square in.
Beam If pick bar size, no. = 5
Approach diameter of bar = 0.625 in. ACI 318-19
(cont'd) area of bar = 0.31 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 7
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 7 in.

Now, check for minimum spacing:

The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.625 in. #5 bars
Since 𝑠 = 5 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.
𝑠 = 7 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(8) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 1.5 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
11.25 in. √
and
12 in.
The spacings calculated above satisfy with the minimum requirement.

120
 Step Computation Reference
(9) Check for deflection:
According to ACI 318-19, Section 9.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
thickness satisfies Table 9.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 9.3.2.2
member becomes composite need not to be checked.

(10) Conclusion:
For stair slab, use #5 reinforcing rebar in every 5 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement. No shear reinforcement is required.
For landing, use #5 reinforcing rebar in every 7 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement. No shear reinforcement is required.

4. Concrete
Beam
Approach
(cont'd)

121
 Step Computation Reference
4.7 Design for B-CA-5-i:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is still both ends continuous.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 5.51 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 5 in., which is less than
5.51 in.. Need to check for deflection limit.
Therefore, h= 5 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 466 plf
3D = 1398 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.5 and Table 4.5

For stair slab:

Flexural strength, Mu = 10.4 ft-kips
Shear strength, Vu = 6.9 kips
4. Concrete
Beam For landing:
Approach Flexural strength, Mu = 10.4 ft-kips
(cont'd) Shear strength, Vu = 9.7 kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 1.5 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
Dia. of stirrup = 0.5 in.
′= 2.375 in.
𝑑
h= 5 in.
d= 2.625 in.
b= 56.00 in.
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair slab:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 359.36
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0063
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.93 square in.

122
 Step Computation Reference
For landing:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 56.42
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0009
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.35 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.46 square in.
and
0.49 square in. √
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.93 𝑖𝑛2 > 𝐴𝑠,,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.49 𝑖𝑛2 O.K.
(However, adjust area of landing reinforcement to 1.24 in^2, since d = 6.625'')

(6) Minimum shear reinforcement:

Since, 𝑏𝑤= 56.00 in.
𝑑= 2.63 in.
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
λ= 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
∅= 0.75 Table 21.2.1
So that, 𝑉𝑐= 18.59 kips
4. Concrete ∅𝑉𝑐 = 13.95 kips
Beam 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 6.97 kips
Approach For stair slab
(cont'd) 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60 kips
For landing
(when h = 9 in., and d = 6.625 in.)
For stair slab:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 6.9 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 6.97𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
not required.

For landing:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 9.7𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 , shear reinforcement is
not required.

Therefore, for minimum shear reinforcement:

𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 Τ𝑠 shall be the greater of 𝑏𝑤
0.75 𝑓𝑐′
𝑓𝑦𝑡
ACI 318-19
or Table 9.6.3.3
𝑏𝑤
50
𝑓𝑦𝑡

Since,
𝑏𝑤 = 56.00 in.
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦𝑡= 60,000 psi

123
 Step Computation Reference
𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 Τ𝑠 = greater of
0.0443
and
0.0467
Assume 𝑠= 12 in.
𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.28 square in. for single rebar

If pick bar size, no. = 5

diameter of bar = 0.625 in.
area of bar = 0.31 square in.

(7) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠

For stair slab:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.93 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 5
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 10 in.

For landing:
4. Concrete 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.65 square in.
Beam If pick bar size, no. = 4
Approach diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
(cont'd) area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 4
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

Now, check for minimum spacing:

The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.500 in. #4 bars
Since 𝑠 = 10 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.
𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(8) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 1.5 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
11.25 in. √
and
12 in.
Adjust the center-to-center spacing to 11 in..

124
 Step Computation Reference
(9) Check for deflection:
(a) Idealize the surface of the concrete that shows the cross sectional
area of the main bars
Now it becomes a rectangularshape of concrete with:
Clear width, 𝑏 = 56.00 in.
slab thickness, ℎ = 5 in.
No. of bar size = 4
Area of a single bar, 𝐴𝑠= 0.20 square in.
No. of bars = 5
Total area of bars, 𝐴𝑠= 1.00 square in.

(b) Determine the modification factor, 𝑛

, to convert steel to concrete
For normal weight concrete,
ACI 318-19
𝐸𝑐 = 57,000 𝑓𝑐′ 19.2.2.1.a

𝐸𝑠
𝑛=
𝐸𝑐

Since,
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi
𝐸𝑐 = 3,605 ksi
4. Concrete 𝐸𝑠 = 29,000 ksi
Beam So that, 𝑛 = 8.04
Approach
(cont'd) (c) Assume the section is cracked, determine the cracking moment
ACI 318-19
𝑓𝑟 = 7.5λ 𝑓𝑐′ Eq. 19.2.3.1
1 Area moment
𝐼𝑔 = 𝑏ℎ3 of inertia of
12 rectangular
𝑓𝑟 𝐼𝑔 section
𝑀𝑐𝑟 = Eq. 24.2.3.5b
𝑦𝑡
where
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
λ= 1.0
𝑓𝑟= 474 psi
𝐼𝑔= 583 in^4
𝑦𝑡 = 2.5 in.
𝑀𝑐𝑟= 9.22 ft-kips
Since, 𝑀𝑐𝑟 = 9.22 𝑓𝑡 − 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 𝑀𝑢 = 10.4 𝑓𝑡 − 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 , it's cracked.

(d) Apply transformed area method to determine the distance from

the exterme compression fiber to the neutral axis, 𝐶𝑁𝐴
From Section 3.1, Step (10),

125
 Step Computation Reference
σ 𝐴𝑖 𝑦𝑖
𝑦ത =
σ 𝐴𝑖

𝐶𝑁𝐴
𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 2 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑
𝐶𝑁𝐴 =
𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + (𝑛𝐴𝑠 )
Then, it becomes a quadratic equation:
𝑏 2
𝐶 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐶𝑁𝐴 − 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑 = 0
2 𝑁𝐴

The solution of 𝐶𝑁𝐴:

−𝑛𝐴𝑠 ∓ (𝑛𝐴𝑠 )2 +2𝑏(𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑)
𝐶𝑁𝐴 =
𝑏
Therefore, 𝐶𝑁𝐴 = 0.74 in.

(e) Calculate moment of inertia of cracked section transformed to

concrete, 𝐼𝑐𝑟
2
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = ෍ 𝐼𝑖 + 𝐴𝑖 𝑑𝑦𝑖
Then, it becomes:
4. Concrete 1 3
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 (𝑑 − 𝐶𝑁𝐴 )2
Beam 3
Approach (The value of 𝐼𝑥 is so small that can be neglected)
(cont'd)
Therefore, 𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 36.15 in^4

(f) Calculate effective moment of inertia, 𝐼𝑒

𝐼𝑐𝑟
𝐼𝑒 = ACI 318-19 Eq.
2
2Τ3 𝑀𝑐𝑟 𝐼 24.2.3.5(b)
1− 𝑀 (1 − 𝐼𝑐𝑟 )
𝑎 𝑔

𝑀𝑐𝑟= 9.22 ft-kips

𝑀𝑎 = 10.40 ft-kips
𝐼𝑔= 583 in^4
𝐼𝑐𝑟= 36 in^4
So that, 𝐼𝑒 = 54 in^4

(g) Check deflection:

According to ACI 318-19, Table 24.2.2, immediate deflection due to
live load 𝐿 is 𝑙 Τ360
𝑙= 116 in.
for slab span length
𝑙 Τ360 = 0.32

126
 Step Computation Reference
Only consider the middle span where the stairway slab is located,
see Figure
∆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 5𝑤𝑙 4 /384𝐸𝐼
ACI 318-19 Eq.
𝐸𝑐 = 57,000 𝑓𝑐′ 19.2.2.1.b
𝑓𝑐′= 4 ksi
𝐸𝑐= 3,605 ksi
𝑙= 116 in.
𝐼𝑒= 54 in^4
𝑤= 1669 plf
∆𝑚𝑎𝑥= 1.68
Since, ∆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 1.68 > 𝑙 Τ360 = 0.32, this design does not satisfy with
the deflection requirement

(10) Conclusion:
This design is not adequate in deflection.

4. Concrete
Beam
Approach
(cont'd)

127
 Step Computation Reference
4.8 Design for B-CA-5-ii:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is simply supported.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 7.24 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 5 in., which is less than
7.24 in.. Need to check for deflection limit.
Therefore, h= 5 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 466 plf
3D = 1398 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.6 and Table 4.6

For stair slab:

Flexural strength, Mu = 88.9 ft-kips
Shear strength, Vu = 6.9 kips
4. Concrete
Beam For landing:
Approach Flexural strength, Mu = 72.3 ft-kips
(cont'd) Shear strength, Vu = 22.9 kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 1.5 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
Dia. of stirrup = 0.5 in.
′= 2.375 in.
𝑑
h= 5 in.
d= 2.625 in.
b= 56.00 in.
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair slab:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 3071.81
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= #NUM!
The value of ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑 is indeterminate by excel, which means it is not
in the tension-controlled region. Therefore, concrete beam method
does not apply to this problem.

128
 Step Computation Reference
4.9 Design for B-CA-8-i:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is still both ends continuous.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 5.51 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 8 in., which is greater than
5.51 in.. No need to check for deflection limit.
Therefore, h= 8 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 635 plf
3D = 1906 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.7 and Table 4.7

For stair slab:

Shear strength, Vu = 8.7 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 8.5 ft-kips
4. Concrete Flexural negative strength, Mu = 12.6 ft-kips
Beam
Approach For landing:
(cont'd) Shear strength, Vu = 10.1 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 3.5 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 12.6 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 1.5 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
Dia. of stirrup = 0.5 in.
𝑑′= 2.375 in.
h= 8 in.
d= 5.625 in.
b= 56.00 in.
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair slab, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 63.96
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0011
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.34 square in.

129
 Step Computation Reference
For stair slab, negative moment:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 94.81
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0016
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.50 square in.

For landing, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 18.99
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0003
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.12 square in.

For landing, negative moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 68.35
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0012
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.43 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1.00 square in.
4. Concrete and
Beam 1.05 square in. √
Approach
(cont'd) None of the areas satisfies with the minimum flexural reinforcement.
Increase them to 1.05 square in. For laning, it is 1.24 in^2, O.K.
Therefore,
For stair slab:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 1.05 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 1.05 square in.

(6) Minimum shear reinforcement:

Since, 𝑏𝑤= 56.00 in.
𝑑= 5.625 in.
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
λ= 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
∅= 0.75 Table 21.2.1
So that, 𝑉𝑐= 39.84 kips
∅𝑉𝑐 = 29.88 kips
0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 14.94 kips
For stair slab
0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60 kips
For landing
(when h = 9 in., and d = 6.625 in.)

130
 Step Computation Reference
For stair slab:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 8.7 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 14.94𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
not required.

For landing:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 10.1 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 , shear reinforcement is
not required.

(7) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠

For stair slab:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 1.05 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 6
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 8 in.
For landing:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 1.24 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
4. Concrete No. of bar = 7
Beam Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 7 in.
Approach
(cont'd) (8) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:
Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 1.5 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
11.25 in. √
and
12 in.

Since 𝑠 = 8 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 11.25 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement

O.K.

(9) Check for deflection:

According to ACI 318-19, Section 9.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
thickness satisfies Table 9.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 9.3.2.2
member becomes composite need not to be checked.

(10) Conclusion:
For stair slab, it has two layers of #4 reinforcing rebar in every 8 in.,
both acting as tension reinforcement.
For landing, it has two layers of #4 reinforcing rebar in every 7 in., both
acting as tension reinforcement.
No shear reinforcement required for neither stair slab or landing.

131
 Step Computation Reference
4.10 Design for B-CA-8-ii:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is simply supported.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 7.24 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 8 in., which is greater than
7.24 in.. No need to check for deflection limit.
Therefore, h= 8 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 635 plf
3D = 1906 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 4.8 and Table 4.8

For stair slab:

Flexural strength, Mu = 103.6 ft-kips
Shear strength, Vu = 8.7 kips
4. Concrete
Beam For landing:
Approach Flexural strength, Mu = 82.5 ft-kips
(cont'd) Shear strength, Vu = 25.1 kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 1.5 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
Dia. of stirrup = 0.5 in.
′= 2.375 in.
𝑑
h= 8 in.
d= 5.625 in.
b= 56.00 in.
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair slab:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 779.59
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0150
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 4.72 square in.

132
 Step Computation Reference
For landing:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 447.54
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0080
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 2.98 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1.00 square in.
and
1.05 square in. √
Since both values of 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 are greater than 𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 , it is O.K..
(For landing, the minimum reinforcement area is 1.24 in^2)

(6) Minimum shear reinforcement:

Since, 𝑏𝑤= 56.00 in.
𝑑= 5.625 in.
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
λ= 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
∅= 0.75 Table 21.2.1
So that, 𝑉𝑐= 39.84 kips
4. Concrete ∅𝑉𝑐 = 29.88 kips
Beam 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 14.94 kips
Approach For stair slab
(cont'd) 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60 kips
For landing
(when h = 6 in., and d = 3.5 in.)
For stair slab:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 8.7 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 14.94𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
not required.

For landing:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 25.1 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 > 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 , shear reinforcement is
required.

Therefore, for minimum shear reinforcement:

𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 Τ𝑠 shall be the greater of 𝑏𝑤
0.75 𝑓𝑐′
𝑓𝑦𝑡
ACI 318-19
or Table 9.6.3.3
𝑏𝑤
50
𝑓𝑦𝑡

Since,
𝑏𝑤 = 56.00 in.
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦𝑡= 60,000 psi

133
 Step Computation Reference
𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 Τ𝑠 = greater of
0.0443
and
0.0467 √
Assume 𝑠= 3 in.
The maximum spacing of 𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.07 square in. for single rebar
shear reinforcement
should not be greater than
d/2 or 24 in.. Since d/2 =
If pick bar size, no. = 4
3.3125 in. for landing, take diameter of bar = 0.500 in.
3 in. area of bar = 0.20 square in. √

(7) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠

For stair slab:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 4.72 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 6
diameter of bar = 0.750 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.44 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 11
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 4 in.

For landing:
4. Concrete 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 2.98 square in.
Beam If pick bar size, no. = 6
Approach diameter of bar = 0.750 in. ACI 318-19
(cont'd) area of bar = 0.44 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 7
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 7 in.

Now, check for minimum spacing:

The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.750 in. #6 bars
Since 𝑠 = 4 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.
𝑠 = 7 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(8) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 1.5 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
11.25 in. √
and
12 in.
The spacings calculated above satisfy with the minimum requirement.

134
 Step Computation Reference
(9) Check for deflection:
According to ACI 318-19, Section 9.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
thickness satisfies Table 9.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 9.3.2.2
member becomes composite need not to be checked.

(10) Conclusion:
For stair slab, use #6 reinforcing rebar in every 4 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement. No shear reinforcement is required.
For landing, use #6 reinforcing rebar in every 7 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement. Use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 3 in. for shear
reinforcement.

4. Concrete
Beam
Approach
(cont'd)

135
 Step Computation Reference
4.11 Graphs and tables:

Figure 4.1 Kansas-5-i

4. Concrete
Beam
Approach
(cont'd)
Figure 4.2 Kansas-5-ii

Figure 4.3 Kansas-8-i

136
 Step Computation Reference

Figure 4.4 Kansas-8-ii

4. Concrete
Beam
Approach
(cont'd)
Figure 4.5 California-5-i

Figure 4.6 California-5-ii

137
 Step Computation Reference

Figure 4.7 California-8-i

4. Concrete
Beam
Approach
(cont'd) Figure 4.8 California-8-ii

Table 4.1 Kansas-5-i member forces

138
 Step Computation Reference

Table 4.2 Kansas-5-ii member forces

Table 4.3 Kansas-8-i member forces

4. Concrete
Beam
Approach
(cont'd)

139
 Step Computation Reference

Table 4.4 Kansas-8-ii member forces

Table 4.5 California-5-i member forces

4. Concrete
Beam
Approach
(cont'd)

140
 Step Computation Reference

Table 4.6 California-5-ii member forces

Table 4.7 California-8-i member forces

4. Concrete
Beam
Approach
(cont'd)

141
 Step Computation Reference

Table 4.8 California-8-ii member forces

4. Concrete
Beam
Approach
(cont'd)

142
Appendix B - Additional Calculations

143
 Step Computation Reference
5.1 Problem statement:
Due to the indeterminate outcomes that case B-KS-5-ii and B-CA-5-ii
have, perform additional calculations with 6 inches slab thickness to
ensure the comparison is not one-sided.

5.2 Additional cases:

S-KS-6-i
S-KS-6-ii
S-CA-6-i
S-CA-6-ii
S-KS-6-i
S-KS-6-ii
S-CA-6-i
S-CA-6-ii

5.3 Design parameters:

All are the same except the slab thickness, 6 inches
Floor to floor height, H = 10 ft.
The Architect's
Number of risers, n = 18 Studio
Tread depth, d = 11 in. Companion, Six
Riser height, hr = 6.7 in. Edition, Exit
Staircase clear width, w = 56 in. Stairway
5. Design Tables,
Staircase landing length, L1, L3 = 56 in.
Additional Page 323
Angle from the horizontal, Ɵ = 31.2 degree
Calculation
Landing thickness, h' = 9 in.
Assumed slab thickness, h = 6 in.
Calculated slab length, L2 = 116 in.

5.4 Assumptions:
All assumptions stay the same

5.5 Building loads:

Use the previous excel to calculate all loads.
With 6 in. slab thickness,
(1) Dead load:
Dead load of landing, D = 1038 plf
Dead load of stair, D = 522 plf

(2) Live load:

Live load, L = 467 plf

(3) Windload:
wind load, W = 75 plf

(4) Snow and rain loads:

Not required for an interior stairway

144
 Step Computation Reference
(5) Seismic load:
For Los Angeles, CA:
horizontal seismic force of
landing, Fp = 5385 lbf
≤ 17950 lbf
≥ 3366 lbf
vertical seismic force of landing,
Fp = 1496 lbf

horizontal seismic force of stair

flight, Fp = 5474 lbf
≤ 18245 lbf
≥ 3421 lbf
vertical seismic force of stair
flight, Fp = 1520 lbf

For Manhattan, KS:

horizontal seismic force of
landing, Fp = 505 lbf
≤ 1682 lbf
≥ 315 lbf
5. vertical seismic force of landing,
Additional Fp = 93 lbf
Calculation
(cont'd) horizontal seismic force of stair
flight, Fp = 513 lbf
≤ 1710 lbf
≥ 321 lbf
vertical seismic force of stair
flight, Fp = 143 lbf

5.6 Load combinations:

From previous calculations, load combination 2 will govern for case of
Manhattan Kansas, and load combination 5 will govern for case of
Los Angeles California.
For Manhattan KS:
= 1.99 klf
ASCE 7-16
for landing Section 2.3.2
= 1.37 klf
for stair

For Los Angeles CA:

1.2𝐷 + 𝐸𝑣 + 𝐸ℎ + 𝐿 + 0.2𝑆 = 3.19 klf ASCE 7-16,
for landing Section 12.4.2

1.2𝐷 + 𝐸𝑣 + 𝐸ℎ + 𝐿 + 0.2𝑆 = 1.82 klf

for stair

145
 Step Computation Reference
5.7 Design for S-KS-6-i:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is still both ends continuous.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 4.13 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 6 in., which is greater than
4.13 in.. The assumption is OK.
Therefore, h= 6 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 522 plf
3D = 1566 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 5.1 and Table 5.1

For stair slab:

Shear strength, Vu = 5.7 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 5.5 ft-kips
5. Flexural negative strength, Mu = 8.1 ft-kips
Additional
Calculation If applying 1' strip method, then they become:
(cont'd) Shear strength, Vu = 1.22 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 1.18 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 1.74 ft-kips

For landing:
Shear strength, Vu = 6.4 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 2.1 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 8.1 ft-kips

If applying 1' strip method, then they become:

Shear strength, Vu = 1.37 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 0.45 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 1.74 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The value of each parameter shown as follows:
Cealr cover = 0.75 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
𝑑′= 1.125 in.
h= 6 in.
d= 4.875 in.
b= 12.00 in. 1' strip

146
 Step Computation Reference
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stairway, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 55.10
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0009
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.05 square in.

For stairway, negative moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 81.15
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0014
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.08 square in.

For landing, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 8.06
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0001
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.01 square in.
5.
Additional For landing, negative moment:
Calculation 𝑚= 17.65
(cont'd) 𝑅𝑢= 31.10
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0005
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.05 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.105 square in. √
and
0.082 square in.
For calculated values less than the area of minimum reinforcement,
apply 0.105 in^2 instead. For landing, it is 0.17 in^2.

Therefore,
for stairway:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.11 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.11 square in.
for landing:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.17 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.17 square in.

147
 Step Computation Reference
(6) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠
Determine the spacing for stair and landing together since they have
similar required reinforcement area
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.11 square in.
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

Now, check for minimum spacing:

The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.500 in.
Since, 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(7) Check for shear limit:

Apply equation (c) shown in Section 3.1, Step (7), in accordance with
5. ACI 318-19, Table 22.5.5.1
Additional The value of each parameter shown as follows:
Calculation 𝑏𝑤 = 12 in. 1' strip
(cont'd) 𝑑 = 4.875 in.
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
∅ = 0.75 Table 21.2.1
λ = 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2

Therefore,
For stairway,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 3.34 kips
For landing,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 4.60 kips

Since both of them are greater than the value of 𝑉𝑢, no need for ACI 318-19
shear reinforcement. 7.6.3.1

(8) Minimum temperature and shrinkage reinforcement:

𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛= greater of
0.105 square in. √
and
0.082 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A

148
 Step Computation Reference
Since, 𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.105 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

Check for maximum spacing:

𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = lesser of
30 in.
and
18 in. √
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 18 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(9) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 0.75 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
13.13 in.
and
12 in. √

since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement

5. 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for temp. and shrinkage
Additional O.K
Calculation
(cont'd) (10) Check for deflection:
According to ACI 318-19, Section 7.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
thickness satisfies Table 7.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 7.3.2.2
member becomes composite need not to be checked.

(11) Conclusion:
For stairway slab, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
flexural reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in.
spacing for temperature reinforcement.
For landing, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
temperature reinforcement.
Flexural reinforcement in both stair slab and landing has two layers,
both acting as tention reinforcement.

149
 Step Computation Reference
5.8 Design for S-KS-6-ii:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is simply supported.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 5.79 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 6 in., which is greater than
5.79 in.. Deflection check is not required.
Therefore, h= 6 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 522 plf
3D = 1566 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 5.2 and Table 5.2
For stair slab:
Shear strength, Vu = 5.7 kips
Flexural strength, Mu = 66.1 ft-kips

5. If applying 1' strip method,

Additional Shear strength, Vu = 1.22 kips
Calculation Flexural strength, Mu = 14.16 ft-kips
(cont'd)
For landing:
Shear strength, Vu = 15.9 kips
Flexural strength, Mu = 52.5 ft-kips

If applying 1' strip method,

Shear strength, Vu = 3.41 kips
Flexural strength, Mu = 11.25 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 0.75 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
𝑑′= 1.125 in.
h= 6 in.
d= 4.875 in.
b= 12.00 in. 1' strip
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

150
 Step Computation Reference
For stair:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 662.22
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0124
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.72 square in.

For landing:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 201.56
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0035
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.33 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.105 square in. √
and
0.0819 square in.
For calculated values less than the area of minimum reinforcement,
apply 0.105 in^2 instead. For landing, it is 0.17 in^2.

(6) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠

5. If pick bar size, no. = 4
Additional diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
Calculation area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
(cont'd) since, 𝐴 𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.72 square in. for stair slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 4
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 3 in.

If pick bar size, no. = 4

diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.33 square in. for landing
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 2
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 6 in.

Now, check for minimum spacing:

The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.500 in.
Since, 𝑠 = 3 𝑖𝑛. 𝑜𝑟 6 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

151
 Step Computation Reference
(7) Check for shear limit:
Apply equation (b) shown in Section 3.1, Step (7), in accordance with
ACI 318-19, Table 22.5.5.1
The value of each parameter shown as follows:
𝑏𝑤 = 12 in. 1' strip
𝑑 = 4.875 in.
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
∅ = 0.75 Table 21.2.1
λ = 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2

Therefore,
For stairway,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 5.31 kips
For landing,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 5.80 kips

Since both of them are greater than the value of 𝑉𝑢, no need for ACI 318-19
shear reinforcement. 7.6.3.1

(8) Minimum temperature and shrinkage reinforcement:

𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛= greater of
5. 0.105 square in. √
Additional and
Calculation 0.082 square in.
(cont'd) If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
Since, 𝐴𝑡𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.105 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

Check for maximum spacing:

𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = lesser of
30 in.
and
18 in. √
Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 18 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(9) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 0.75 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
13.13 in.
and
12 in. √

152
 Step Computation Reference
since 𝑠 = 6 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement
𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛.for temp. and shrinkage
O.K

(10) Check for deflection:

According to ACI 318-19, Section 7.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
thickness satisfies Table 7.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 7.3.2.2
member becomes composite need not to be checked.

(11) Conclusion:
For stairway slab, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 3 in. spacing for
flexural reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in.
spacing for temperature reinforcement.
For landing, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 6 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
temperature reinforcement.

5.
Additional
Calculation
(cont'd)

153
 Step Computation Reference
5.9 Design for S-CA-6-i:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is still both ends continuous.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 4.13 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 6 in., which is greater than
4.13 in.. The assumption is OK.
Therefore, h= 6 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 522 plf
3D = 1566 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 5.3 and Table 5.3

For stair slab:

Shear strength, Vu = 7.5 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 7.0 ft-kips
5. Flexural negative strength, Mu = 11.1 ft-kips
Additional
Calculation If applying 1' strip method, then they become:
(cont'd) Shear strength, Vu = 1.61 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 1.50 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 2.38 ft-kips

For landing:
Shear strength, Vu = 9.8 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 4.0 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 11.1 ft-kips

If applying 1' strip method, then they become:

Shear strength, Vu = 2.10 kips
Flexural positive strength, Mu = 0.86 ft-kips
Flexural negative strength, Mu = 2.38 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The value of each parameter shown as follows:
Cealr cover = 0.75 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
𝑑′= 1.125 in.
h= 6 in.
d= 4.875 in.
b= 12.00 in. 1' strip

154
 Step Computation Reference
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stairway, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 70.13
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0012
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.07 square in.

For stairway, negative moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 111.21
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0019
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.11 square in.

For landing, postive moment:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 15.36
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0003
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.02 square in.
5.
Additional For landing, negative moment:
Calculation 𝑚= 17.65
(cont'd) 𝑅𝑢= 42.62
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0007
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.07 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.105 square in. √
and
0.082 square in.
For calculated values less than the area of minimum reinforcement,
apply 0.105 in^2 instead. For landing, it is 0.17 in^2.

Therefore,
for stairway:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.11 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.11 square in.
for landing:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑+ = 0.17 square in.
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑− = 0.17 square in.

155
 Step Computation Reference
(6) Determine center-to-center spacing, 𝑠:
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A

For stair and landing,

Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.11 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.17 square in.
for 1' strip slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 1
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

(7) Check for shear limit:

From previous calculations,
For stairway,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 3.34 kips
For landing,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 4.60 kips
5.
Additional (8) Minimum temperature and shrinkage reinforcement:
Calculation From previous calculations, apply #4 in every 12. spacing for temp.
(cont'd) reinforcement

(9) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 0.75 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
13.13 in.
and
12 in. √
since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛.for flexural reinforcement
𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for temp. and shrinkage
O.K

(10) Check for deflection:

According to ACI 318-19, Section 7.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
thickness satisfies Table 7.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 7.3.2.2
member becomes composite need not to be checked.

156
 Step Computation Reference
(11) Conclusion:
For stairway slab, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
flexural reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in.
spacing for temperature reinforcement.
For landing, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
temperature reinforcement.
Flexural reinforcement in both stair slab and landing has two layers,
both acting as tention reinforcement.

5.
Additional
Calculation
(cont'd)

157
 Step Computation Reference
5.10 Design for S-CA-6-ii:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is simply supported.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 5.79 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 6 in., which is greater than
5.79 in.. Deflection check is not required.
Therefore, h= 6 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 522 plf
3D = 1566 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 5.4 and Table 5.4
For stair slab:
Shear strength, Vu = 7.5 kips
Flexural strength, Mu = 93.8 ft-kips

5. If applying 1' strip method,

Additional Shear strength, Vu = 1.61 kips
Calculation Flexural strength, Mu = 20.10 ft-kips
(cont'd)
For landing:
Shear strength, Vu = 23.7 kips
Flexural strength, Mu = 75.7 ft-kips

If applying 1' strip method,

Shear strength, Vu = 5.08 kips
Flexural strength, Mu = 16.22 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 0.75 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
𝑑′= 1.125 in.
h= 6 in.
d= 4.88 in.
b= 12.00 in. 1' strip
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

158
 Step Computation Reference
For stair:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 939.73
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0188
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 1.10 square in.

For landing:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 290.63
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0051
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.48 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.105 square in. √
and
0.0819 square in.
For calculated values less than the area of minimum reinforcement,
apply 0.105 in^2 instead. For landing, it is 0.17 in^2.

(6) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠

5. If pick bar size, no. = 5
Additional diameter of bar = 0.625 in. ACI 318-19
Calculation area of bar = 0.31 square in. Appendix A
(cont'd) since, 𝐴 𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 1.10 square in. for stair slab
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 4
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 3 in.

If pick bar size, no. = 4

diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.48 square in. for landing
No. of bar in 1 ft. strip = 3
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 4 in.

Now, check for minimum spacing:

The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.625 in.
Since, 𝑠 = 3 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

159
 Step Computation Reference
(7) Check for shear limit:
From previous calculations,
For stairway,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 6.14 kips
For landing,
∅𝑉𝑐 = 6.64 kips

(8) Minimum temperature and shrinkage reinforcement:

From previous calculations, apply #4 in every 12. spacing for temp.
reinforcement

(9) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 0.75 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
13.13 in.
and
12 in. √
since 𝑠 = 4 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement
𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. = 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 12 𝑖𝑛. for temp. and shrinkage
O.K
5.
Additional (10) Check for deflection:
Calculation According to ACI 318-19, Section 7.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
(cont'd) thickness satisfies Table 7.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 7.3.2.2
member becomes composite need not to be checked.

(11) Conclusion:
For stairway slab, use #5 reinforcing rebar in every 3 in. spacing for
flexural reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in.
spacing for temperature reinforcement.
For landing, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 4 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement, and use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 12 in. spacing for
temperature reinforcement.

160
 Step Computation Reference
5.11 Design for B-KS-6-i:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is still both ends continuous.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 5.51 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 6 in., which is greater than
5.51 in.. No need to check for deflection limit.
Therefore, h= 6 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 522 plf
3D = 1566 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 5.1 and Table 5.1

For stair slab:

Flexural strength, Mu = 8.1 ft-kips
Shear strength, Vu = 5.7 kips
5.
Additional For landing:
Calculation Flexural strength, Mu = 8.1 ft-kips
(cont'd) Shear strength, Vu = 6.4 kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 1.5 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
Dia. of stirrup = 0.5 in.
′= 2.375 in.
𝑑
h= 6 in.
d= 3.625 in.
b= 56.00 in.
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair slab:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 146.76
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0025
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.51 square in.

161
 Step Computation Reference
For landing:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 43.94
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0007
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.27 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.64 square in.
and
0.68 square in. √
For landing, the minimum reinforcement area is 1.24 in^2.

(6) Minimum shear reinforcement:

Since, 𝑏𝑤= 56.00 in.
𝑑= 3.625 in.
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
λ= 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
∅= 0.75 Table 21.2.1
So that, 𝑉𝑐= 25.68 kips
∅𝑉𝑐 = 19.26 kips
5. 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 9.63 kips
Additional For stair slab
Calculation 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60 kips
(cont'd) For landing
(when h = 9 in., and d = 6.625 in.)
For stair slab:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 5.7 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 9.63𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
not required.

For landing:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 6.4 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
not required.

(7) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠

For stair:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.68 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 4
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

For landing:
Apply (7)#4 in 7 in. spacing from previous calculations.
Two layers.

162
 Step Computation Reference
Now, check for minimum spacing:
The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.500 in. #4 bars
Since 𝑠 = 7 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(8) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 1.5 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
11.25 in. √
and
12 in.

Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 11.25 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement

reduce flexural reinforcement spacing to 11 in. to satisfy the standard.

(9) Check for deflection:

5. According to ACI 318-19, Section 9.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
Additional thickness satisfies Table 9.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 9.3.2.2
Calculation member becomes composite need not to be checked.
(cont'd)
(10) Conclusion:
For stair, it has one layer of #4 reinforcing rebar in every 11 in..
For landing, it has two layers of #4 reinforcing rebar in every 7 in..
No shear reinforcement required for neither stair slab or landing.

163
 Step Computation Reference
5.12 Design for B-KS-6-ii:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is simply supported.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 7.24 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 6 in., which is less than
7.24 in.. Need to check for deflection limit.
Therefore, h= 6 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 522 plf
3D = 1566 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 5.2 and Table 5.2

For stair slab:

Flexural strength, Mu = 66.1 ft-kips
Shear strength, Vu = 5.7 kips
5.
Additional For landing:
Calculation Flexural strength, Mu = 52.5 ft-kips
(cont'd) Shear strength, Vu = 15.9 kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 1.5 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
Dia. of stirrup = 0.5 in.
′= 2.375 in.
𝑑
h= 6 in.
d= 3.625 in.
b= 56.00 in.
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair slab:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 1197.67
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0259
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 5.25 square in.

164
 Step Computation Reference
For landing:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 284.80
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0050
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 1.84 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.64 square in.
and
0.68 square in. √
Both areas satisfy with the minimum reinforcement area.

(6) Minimum shear reinforcement:

Since, 𝑏𝑤= 56.00 in.
𝑑= 3.63 in.
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
λ= 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
∅= 0.75 Table 21.2.1
So that, 𝑉𝑐= 25.68 kips
∅𝑉𝑐 = 19.26 kips
5. 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 9.63 kips
Additional For stair slab
Calculation 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60 kips
(cont'd) For landing

For stair:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 5.7 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 9.63𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
not required.

For landing:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 15.9 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
not required.

Therefore, for minimum shear reinforcement:

𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 Τ𝑠 shall be the greater of 𝑏𝑤
0.75 𝑓𝑐′
𝑓𝑦𝑡
ACI 318-19
or Table 9.6.3.3
𝑏𝑤
50
𝑓𝑦𝑡

Since,
𝑏𝑤 = 56.00 in.
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦𝑡= 60,000 psi

165
 Step Computation Reference
𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 Τ𝑠 = greater of
0.0443
and
0.0467
Assume 𝑠= 1.5 in.
𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.04 square in. for single rebar

If pick bar size, no. = 4

diameter of bar = 0.500 in.
area of bar = 0.20 square in.

(7) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠

For stair slab:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 5.25 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 5
diameter of bar = 0.625 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.31 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 17
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 3 in.

For landing:
5. 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 1.84 square in.
Additional If pick bar size, no. = 5
Calculation diameter of bar = 0.625 in. ACI 318-19
(cont'd) area of bar = 0.31 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 6
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 8 in.

Now, check for minimum spacing:

The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.625 in. #5 bars
Since 𝑠 = 3 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.
𝑠 = 8 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(8) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 1.5 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
11.25 in. √
and
12 in.
The spacings calculated above satisfy with the minimum requirement.

166
 Step Computation Reference
(9) Check for deflection:
(a) Idealize the surface of the concrete that shows the cross sectional
area of the main bars
Now it becomes a rectangularshape of concrete with:
Clear width, 𝑏 = 56.00 in.
slab thickness, ℎ = 6 in.
No. of bar size = 5
Area of a single bar, 𝐴𝑠= 0.31 square in.
No. of bars = 17
Total area of bars, 𝐴𝑠= 5.27 square in.

(b) Determine the modification factor, 𝑛

, to convert steel to concrete
For normal weight concrete,
ACI 318-19
𝐸𝑐 = 57,000 𝑓𝑐′ 19.2.2.1.a

𝐸𝑠
𝑛=
𝐸𝑐

Since,
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi
𝐸𝑐 = 3,605 ksi
5. 𝐸𝑠 = 29,000 ksi
Additional So that, 𝑛 = 8.04
Calculation
(cont'd) (c) Assume the section is cracked, determine the cracking moment
ACI 318-19
𝑓𝑟 = 7.5λ 𝑓𝑐′ Eq. 19.2.3.1
1 Area moment
𝐼𝑔 = 𝑏ℎ3 of inertia of
12 rectangular
𝑓𝑟 𝐼𝑔 section
𝑀𝑐𝑟 = Eq. 24.2.3.5b
𝑦𝑡
where
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
λ= 1.0
𝑓𝑟= 474 psi
𝐼𝑔= 1008 in^4
𝑦𝑡 = 3 in.
𝑀𝑐𝑟= 13.28 ft-kips
Since, 𝑀𝑐𝑟 = 13.28 𝑓𝑡 − 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 𝑀𝑢 = 66.1 𝑓𝑡 − 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 , it's cracked.

(d) Apply transformed area method to determine the distance from

the exterme compression fiber to the neutral axis, 𝐶𝑁𝐴
From Section 3.1, Step (10),
σ 𝐴𝑖 𝑦𝑖
𝑦ത =
σ 𝐴𝑖

167
 Step Computation Reference
𝐶𝑁𝐴
𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 2 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑
𝐶𝑁𝐴 =
𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + (𝑛𝐴𝑠 )
Then, it becomes a quadratic equation:
𝑏 2
𝐶 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐶𝑁𝐴 − 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑 = 0
2 𝑁𝐴

The solution of 𝐶𝑁𝐴:

−𝑛𝐴𝑠 ∓ (𝑛𝐴𝑠 )2 +2𝑏(𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑)
𝐶𝑁𝐴 =
𝑏

Therefore, 𝐶𝑁𝐴 = 1.70 in.

(e) Calculate moment of inertia of cracked section transformed to

concrete, 𝐼𝑐𝑟
2
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = ෍ 𝐼𝑖 + 𝐴𝑖 𝑑𝑦𝑖
Then, it becomes:
1 3
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 (𝑑 − 𝐶𝑁𝐴 )2
3
(The value of 𝐼𝑥 is so small that can be neglected)
5.
Additional Therefore, 𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 248.80 in^4
Calculation
(cont'd) (f) Calculate effective moment of inertia, 𝐼𝑒
𝐼𝑐𝑟
𝐼𝑒 = ACI 318-19 Eq.
2
2Τ3 𝑀𝑐𝑟 𝐼 24.2.3.5(b)
1− 𝑀 (1 − 𝐼𝑐𝑟 )
𝑎 𝑔

𝑀𝑐𝑟= 13.28 ft-kips

𝑀𝑎 = 66.10 ft-kips
𝐼𝑔= 1008 in^4
𝐼𝑐𝑟= 249 in^4
So that, 𝐼𝑒 = 252 in^4

(g) Check deflection:

According to ACI 318-19, Table 24.2.2, immediate deflection due to
live load 𝐿 is 𝑙 Τ360
𝑙= 116 in.
for slab span length
𝑙 Τ360 = 0.32
Only consider the middle span where the stairway slab is located,
see Figure

168
 Step Computation Reference
∆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 5𝑤𝑙 4 /384𝐸𝐼
ACI 318-19 Eq.
𝐸𝑐 = 57,000 𝑓𝑐′ 19.2.2.1.b
𝑓𝑐′= 4 ksi
𝐸𝑐= 3,605 ksi
𝑙= 116 in.
𝐼𝑒= 252 in^4
𝑤= 1370 plf
∆𝑚𝑎𝑥= 0.29
Since, ∆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 0.29 < 𝑙 Τ360 = 0.32, this design satisfies with the
deflection requirement

(10) Conclusion:
For stair slab, use #5 reinforcing rebar in every 3 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement. No shear reinforcement is required.
For landing, use #5 reinforcing rebar in every 8 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement. No shear reinforcement is required.

5.
Additional
Calculation
(cont'd)

169
 Step Computation Reference
5.13 Design for B-CA-6-i:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is still both ends continuous.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 5.51 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 6 in., which is greater than
5.51 in.. No need to check for deflection limit.
Therefore, h= 6 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 522 plf
3D = 1566 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 5.3 and Table 5.3

For stair slab:

Flexural strength, Mu = 11.1 ft-kips
Shear strength, Vu = 7.5 kips
5.
Additional For landing:
Calculation Flexural strength, Mu = 11.1 ft-kips
(cont'd) Shear strength, Vu = 9.8 kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 1.5 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
Dia. of stirrup = 0.5 in.
′= 2.375 in.
𝑑
h= 6 in.
d= 3.625 in.
b= 56.00 in.
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair slab:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 201.12
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0035
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.70 square in.

170
 Step Computation Reference
For landing:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 60.21
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0010
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.38 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.64 square in.
and
0.68 square in. √
For landing, the minimum reinforcement area is 1.24 in^2.

(6) Minimum shear reinforcement:

Since, 𝑏𝑤= 56.00 in.
𝑑= 3.63 in.
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
λ= 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
∅= 0.75 Table 21.2.1
So that, 𝑉𝑐= 25.68 kips
∅𝑉𝑐 = 19.26 kips
5. 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 9.63 kips
Additional For stair slab
Calculation 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60 kips
(cont'd) For landing

For stair slab:

Since 𝑉𝑢 = 7.5 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 9.63𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
not required.

For landing:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 9.8 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
not required.

(7) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠

For stair:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.70 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 4
diameter of bar = 0.500 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.20 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 4
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 12 in.

For landing:
From previous calculations, it has two layers of (7)#4 in
7 in. spacing.

171
 Step Computation Reference
Now, check for minimum spacing:
The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.500 in. #4 bars
Since 𝑠 = 7 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(8) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 1.5 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
11.25 in. √
and
12 in.

Since 𝑠 = 12 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 11.25 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement

reduce flexural reinforcement spacing to 11 in. to satisfy the standard.

(9) Check for deflection:

5. According to ACI 318-19, Section 9.3.2.2, since the applied slab
ACI 318-19
Additional thickness satisfies Table 9.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section 9.3.2.2
Calculation member becomes composite need not to be checked.
(cont'd)
(10) Conclusion:
For stair, it has one layer of #4 reinforcing rebar in every 11 in..
For landing, it has two layers of #4 reinforcing rebar in every 7 in..
No shear reinforcement required for neither stair slab or landing.

172
 Step Computation Reference
5.14 Design for B-CA-6-ii:
(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
The boundary condition for slab is simply supported.
Therefore,
when 𝑙= 116 in.
h= 7.24 in.
The assumption of the slab thickness was 6 in., which is less than
7.24 in.. Need to check for deflection limit.
Therefore, h= 6 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D:

L= 467 plf
D= 522 plf
3D = 1566 plf O.K.

(3) Shear and moment:

According to RISA 3D model, see Figure 5.4 and Table 5.4

For stair slab:

Flexural strength, Mu = 93.8 ft-kips
Shear strength, Vu = 7.5 kips
5.
Additional For landing:
Calculation Flexural strength, Mu = 75.7 ft-kips
(cont'd) Shear strength, Vu = 23.7 kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑:

The values of each parameter are:
Cealr cover = 1.5 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
Dia. of stirrup = 0.5 in.
′= 2.375 in.
𝑑
h= 6 in.
d= 3.625 in.
b= 56.00 in.
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2

For stair slab:

𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 1699.56
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0558
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 11.32 square in.

173
 Step Computation Reference
For landing:
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 410.65
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0073
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 2.71 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limit:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.64 square in.
and
0.68 square in. √
For landing, the minimum reinforcement area is 1.24 in^2.

(6) Minimum shear reinforcement:

Since, 𝑏𝑤= 56.00 in.
𝑑= 3.63 in.
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
λ= 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
∅= 0.75 Table 21.2.1
So that, 𝑉𝑐= 25.68 kips
∅𝑉𝑐 = 19.26 kips
5. 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 9.63 kips
Additional For stair slab
Calculation 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60 kips
(cont'd) For landing

For stair:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 7.5 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 9.63𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
not required.

For landing:
Since 𝑉𝑢 = 23.7 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 > 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 17.60𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠, shear reinforcement is
required.

Therefore, for minimum shear reinforcement:

𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 Τ𝑠 shall be the greater of 𝑏𝑤
0.75 𝑓𝑐′
𝑓𝑦𝑡
ACI 318-19
or Table 9.6.3.3
𝑏𝑤
50
𝑓𝑦𝑡

Since,
𝑏𝑤 = 56.00 in.
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦𝑡= 60,000 psi

174
 Step Computation Reference
𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 Τ𝑠 = greater of
0.0443
and
0.0467 √
Assume 𝑠= 3 in.
The maximum spacing of 𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.07 square in. for single rebar
shear reinforcement
should not be greater than
d/2 or 24 in.. Since d/2 =
If pick bar size, no. = 4
3.3125 in. for landing, take diameter of bar = 0.500 in.
3 in. area of bar = 0.20 square in. √

(7) Determine center-to-center spacing, :𝑠

For stair slab:
𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 11.32 square in.
If pick bar size, no. = 6
diameter of bar = 0.750 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.44 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 26
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 2 in.

For landing:
5. 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 2.71 square in.
Additional If pick bar size, no. = 6
Calculation diameter of bar = 0.750 in. ACI 318-19
(cont'd) area of bar = 0.44 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 7
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 7 in.

Now, check for minimum spacing:

The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.750 in. #6 bars
Since 𝑠 = 2 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.
𝑠 = 7 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.

(8) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 1.5 in.
𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
11.25 in. √
and
12 in.
The spacings calculated above satisfy with the minimum requirement.

175
 Step Computation Reference
(9) Check for deflection:
(a) Idealize the surface of the concrete that shows the cross sectional
area of the main bars
Now it becomes a rectangularshape of concrete with:
Clear width, 𝑏 = 56.00 in.
slab thickness, ℎ = 6 in.
No. of bar size = 6
Area of a single bar, 𝐴𝑠= 0.44 square in.
No. of bars = 26
Total area of bars, 𝐴𝑠= 11.44 square in.

(b) Determine the modification factor, 𝑛

, to convert steel to concrete
For normal weight concrete,
ACI 318-19
𝐸𝑐 = 57,000 𝑓𝑐′ 19.2.2.1.a

𝐸𝑠
𝑛=
𝐸𝑐

Since,
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi
𝐸𝑐 = 3,605 ksi
5. 𝐸𝑠 = 29,000 ksi
Additional So that, 𝑛 = 8.04
Calculation
(cont'd) (c) Assume the section is cracked, determine the cracking moment
ACI 318-19
𝑓𝑟 = 7.5λ 𝑓𝑐′ Eq. 19.2.3.1
1 Area moment
𝐼𝑔 = 𝑏ℎ3 of inertia of
12 rectangular
𝑓𝑟 𝐼𝑔 section
𝑀𝑐𝑟 = Eq. 24.2.3.5b
𝑦𝑡
where
𝑓𝑐′= 4,000 psi
λ= 1.0
𝑓𝑟= 474 psi
𝐼𝑔= 1008 in^4
𝑦𝑡 = 3 in.
𝑀𝑐𝑟= 13.28 ft-kips
Since, 𝑀𝑐𝑟 = 13.28 𝑓𝑡 − 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 < 𝑀𝑢 = 93.8 𝑓𝑡 − 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 , it's cracked.

(d) Apply transformed area method to determine the distance from

the exterme compression fiber to the neutral axis, 𝐶𝑁𝐴
From Section 3.1, Step (10),
σ 𝐴𝑖 𝑦𝑖
𝑦ത =
σ 𝐴𝑖

176
 Step Computation Reference
𝐶𝑁𝐴
𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 2 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑
𝐶𝑁𝐴 =
𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + (𝑛𝐴𝑠 )
Then, it becomes a quadratic equation:
𝑏 2
𝐶 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝐶𝑁𝐴 − 𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑 = 0
2 𝑁𝐴

The solution of 𝐶𝑁𝐴:

−𝑛𝐴𝑠 ∓ (𝑛𝐴𝑠 )2 +2𝑏(𝑛𝐴𝑠 𝑑)
𝐶𝑁𝐴 =
𝑏

Therefore, 𝐶𝑁𝐴 = 2.18 in.

(e) Calculate moment of inertia of cracked section transformed to

concrete, 𝐼𝑐𝑟
2
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = ෍ 𝐼𝑖 + 𝐴𝑖 𝑑𝑦𝑖
Then, it becomes:
1 3
𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 𝑏𝐶𝑁𝐴 + 𝑛𝐴𝑠 (𝑑 − 𝐶𝑁𝐴 )2
3
(The value of 𝐼𝑥 is so small that can be neglected)
5.
Additional Therefore, 𝐼𝑐𝑟 = 385.55 in^4
Calculation
(cont'd) (f) Calculate effective moment of inertia, 𝐼𝑒
𝐼𝑐𝑟
𝐼𝑒 = ACI 318-19 Eq.
2
2Τ3 𝑀𝑐𝑟 𝐼 24.2.3.5(b)
1− 𝑀 (1 − 𝐼𝑐𝑟 )
𝑎 𝑔

𝑀𝑐𝑟= 13.28 ft-kips

𝑀𝑎 = 93.80 ft-kips
𝐼𝑔= 1008 in^4
𝐼𝑐𝑟= 386 in^4
So that, 𝐼𝑒 = 388 in^4

(g) Check deflection:

According to ACI 318-19, Table 24.2.2, immediate deflection due to
live load 𝐿 is 𝑙 Τ360
𝑙= 116 in.
for slab span length
𝑙 Τ360 = 0.32
Only consider the middle span where the stairway slab is located,
see Figure

177
 Step Computation Reference
∆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 5𝑤𝑙 4 /384𝐸𝐼
ACI 318-19 Eq.
𝐸𝑐 = 57,000 𝑓𝑐′ 19.2.2.1.b
𝑓𝑐′= 4 ksi
𝐸𝑐= 3,605 ksi
𝑙= 116 in.
𝐼𝑒= 388 in^4
𝑤= 1820 plf
∆𝑚𝑎𝑥= 0.25
Since, ∆𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 0.25 < 𝑙 Τ360 = 0.32, this design satisfies with the
deflection requirement

(10) Conclusion:
For stair slab, use #6 reinforcing rebar in every 2 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement. No shear reinforcement is required.
For landing, use #6 reinforcing rebar in every 7 in. spacing for flexural
reinforcement. Use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 3 in. for shear
reinforcement.

5.
Additional
Calculation
(cont'd)

178
 Step Computation Reference
5.15 Graphs and tables:

Figure 5.1 Kansas-6-i

5.
Additional
Calculation
(cont'd)
Figure 5.2 Kansas-6-ii

Figure 5.3 California-6-i

179
 Step Computation Reference

Figure 5.4 California-6-ii

Table 5.1 Kansas-6-i member forces

5.
Additional
Calculation
(cont'd)

180
 Step Computation Reference

Table 5.2 Kansas-6-ii member forces

Table 5.3 California-6-i member forces

5.
Additional
Calculation
(cont'd)

181
 Step Computation Reference

Figure 5.4 California-6-ii member forces

5.
Additional
Calculation
(cont'd)

182
Appendix C - Beam Design Calculations

183
 Step Computation Reference
6.1 Problem statement:
Beams support stair slab and landings. And, these beams are part of the
stairway design as well. This section provide a design example for one
of the beams selected from case S-KS-8-i.

6.2 General information:

See Graph
The selected beam supports the whole space of landing (not half) and
two stairway going up and down.

6.3 Assumptions:
(1) Simply supported concrete beam
(2) Torsional effect is neglected
(3) When calculating load combination, flip the stairway to horizontal
direction to simply the design
(4) Assume the beam section is 9 inches in width, and 12 inches in depth
(5) Concrete member is nonprestressed
(6) Normal weight concrete, with specified compressive strength equals
to 4,000 psi
(7) Specified yield strength for nonprestressed reinforcement equals to
60,000 psi

6. Beam 6.4 Concrete beam dimensions:

Design Beam clear width, 𝑏𝑤= 9 in.
Beam thickness, ℎ = 12 in.
Beam span, 𝑙 = 112 in.

6.5 Building loads:

(1) Dead loads:
From previous calculations,
Dead load of landing, D = 223 psf
when thickness is 8 in., dead load
of stair flight, D = 136 psf
As the beam carries loads from both stairway going up and down, and
also the landing.
Therefore,
Area of stair slab carried = 6,483 square in.
Area of landing carried = 3,136 square in.
So that,
Dead load of landing, D = 4,846 lbf
when thickness is 8 in., dead load
of stair flight, D = 6,128 lbf

The beam also contains its selfweight, which is 145 pcf normal weight
concrete.
Selfweight = 145 pcf

184
 Step Computation Reference
Volume of beam = 7 cubic ft.
Selfweight dead load = 1,015 lbf

The total dead load carried by a beam is:

𝐷 = 11,988 lbf
11.99 kips
Convert kip to klf by dividing by the beam span length, 112 in.
𝐷= 1.28 klf

(2) Live load:

From previous calculation,
𝐿= 100 psf IBC 2015,
Convert psf to plf (times beam clear width), Table 1607.1
𝐿= 75 plf
0.075 klf

(3) Wind load:

From previous calculation,
ASCE 7-16,
𝑊= 16 psf Section 29.8
Convert psf to plf (times beam clear width),
𝑊= 12 plf
0.012 klf
6. Beam
Design
6.6 Load combinations:
(cont'd)
According to ASCE 7-16, Chapter 2, Section 2.3.2, the load combinations
are shown as following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7. ASCE 7-16,
where Chapter 2,
= dead load Section 2.3.2

= earthquake load
= live load
= roof live load
= rain load
= snow load
= wind load

The result of each load combination shown as follows:

LC-1 = 1.80 klf Governs
LC-2 = 1.66 klf
LC-3 = 1.62 klf

185
 Step Computation Reference
LC-4 = 1.60 klf
LC-5 = 1.62 klf
LC-6 = 1.17 klf
LC-7 = 1.16 klf

6.7 Reinforcement design:

(1) Minimum slab thickness, h:
Acoording to ACI 318-19, Table 9.3.1.1 - Minimum thickness of solid
nonprestressed one-way slabs:
Support condition Minimum h
Simply supported 𝑙/16
ACI 318-19
One end continuous 𝑙/18.5 Table 9.3.1.1
Both ends continuous 𝑙/21
Cantilever 𝑙/8

𝑙/16 = 7 in.
Since the assumed thickness of beam is 12 in., which is greater than the
value of 𝑙/16, no need to check for deflection.
ℎ= 12 in.

(2) Check if L ≤ 3D, where L stands for live load, D stands for dead load: ACI 318-19
𝐿= 0.075 klf Section 6.5.1
6. Beam
3𝐷= 3.85 klf
Design
since, 𝐿 = 0.075𝑘𝑙𝑓 < 3𝐷 = 3.35𝑘𝑙𝑓 O.K.
(cont'd)

(3) Calculate shear and moment based on RISA 3D:

See Figure 6.1, 6.2, and 6.3
Shear strength, Vu = 8.4 kips
Flexural strength, Mu = 19.6 ft-kips

(4) Calculate required area of reinforcement, ʃ , based on flexural

moment:
𝑓𝑦
𝑚=
0.85𝑓𝑐′
𝑀𝑢
𝑅𝑢 =
Φ𝑏𝑑2
1 2𝑅𝑢 𝑚
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑 = [1 − 1− ]
𝑚 𝑓𝑦

The values of each parameter are:

Cealr cover = 1.5 in.
half of the assumed rebar dia. = 0.375 in. (#6)
Dia. of stirrup = 0.5 in.
𝑑′= 2.375 in.
h= 12 in.
d= 9.625 in.

186
 d
Step Computation Reference
b= 9.00 in.
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
Tension controlled, Φ = 0.9 Table 21.2.2
𝑚= 17.65
𝑅𝑢= 313.44
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑= 0.0055
Therefore, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.48 square in.

(5) Check for flexural reinforcement limits:

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 shall be the greater of (a) and (b), according to ACI 318-19,
Section 9.6.1.2
(a) 3 𝑓𝑐′ ACI 318-19
𝑏 𝑑 Section
𝑓𝑦 𝑤
9.6.1.2

200
(b) 𝑏 𝑑
𝑓𝑦 𝑤

𝐴𝑠,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
0.27 square in.
and
6. Beam
0.29 square in.√
Design
Since, 𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.48 𝑖𝑛 > 𝐴𝑠,,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.29 𝑖𝑛2
2
O.K.
(cont'd)

(6) Shear reinforcement:

A minimum area of shear reinforcement, 𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛, shall be provided ACI 318-19
in all regions where 𝑉𝑢 > 0.5Φ𝑉𝑐 Section
If shear reinforcement is required, then: 9.6.3.1

Set
𝑉𝑢 = ∅𝑉𝑛 , where ∅ = 0.75
then
𝑉𝑛 = 𝑉𝑐 + 𝑉𝑠 Eq. 22.5.1.1
and
𝑁𝑢 Table 22.5.5.1
𝑉𝑐 = 2λ 𝑓𝑐′ + 𝑏 𝑑 (b)
6𝐴𝑔 𝑤

𝐴𝑣 𝑓𝑦𝑡 𝑑 Eq.
𝑉𝑠 = 22.5.10.5.3
𝑠
which can be re-writen to:
𝐴𝑣 𝑉𝑠
=
𝑠 𝑓𝑦𝑡 𝑑

187
 Step Computation Reference
Check with minimum shear reinforcement, in accordance with ACI 318-
19, Section 9.6.3.3
Beam type 𝑨𝒗,𝒎𝒊𝒏 Τ𝒔
𝑏𝑤
0.75 𝑓𝑐′ ACI 318-19
Greater 𝑓𝑦𝑡 Table 9.6.3.3
Nonprestressed
of: 𝑏𝑤
50
𝑓𝑦𝑡

Since, 𝑏𝑤= 9.00 in.

𝑑= 9.63 in.
𝑓𝑐′ = 4,000 psi ACI 318-19
λ= 1.0 Table 19.2.4.2
∅= 0.75 Table 21.2.1
So that, 𝑉𝑐= 10.96 kips
∅𝑉𝑐 = 8.22 kips
0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 4.11 kips

Since 𝑉𝑢 = 8.4 𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 > 0.5∅𝑉𝑐 = 4.11𝑘𝑖𝑝𝑠 , shear reinforcement is

required.

Therefore, for minimum shear reinforcement:

𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 Τ𝑠 shall be the greater of 𝑏𝑤
6. Beam 0.75 𝑓𝑐′
𝑓𝑦𝑡
Design ACI 318-19
or Table 9.6.3.3
(cont'd)
𝑏𝑤
50
𝑓𝑦𝑡

Since,
𝑏𝑤 = 9.00 in.
′
𝑓𝑐 = 4,000 psi
𝑓𝑦𝑡= 60,000 psi
𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 Τ𝑠 = greater of
0.0071
and
0.0075 √
Assume 𝑠= 4 in.
𝐴𝑣,𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.02 square in.for single rebar

If pick bar size, no. = 4

diameter of bar = 0.500 in.
area of bar = 0.20 square in.√

188
 Step Computation Reference
(7) Determine center-to-center spacing, 𝑠of reinforcement:
Minimum spacing - shall be at least the greatest of 1 in., 𝑑𝑏, and
ACI 318-19
(4Τ3)𝑑𝑎𝑔𝑔
Section
Minimum layer spacing - shall be at least 1 in. between layers for 25.2.1, and
parallel nonprestressed reinforcement placed in two or more 25.2.2
horizontal layers

𝐴𝑠,𝑟𝑞𝑑 = 0.48 square in.

If pick bar size, no. = 5
diameter of bar = 0.625 in. ACI 318-19
area of bar = 0.31 square in. Appendix A
No. of bar = 2
Center-to-center spacing, 𝑠 = 4 in.

Now, check for minimum spacing:

The diameter of the aggregate is neglected for this project since it
shall be determined by the manufacturer.
So, 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = greater of
1 in. √
and
0.625 in. #5 bars
Since 𝑠 = 4 𝑖𝑛. > 𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 1 𝑖𝑛. O.K.
6. Beam
Design
(8) Check for cracking control spacing requirement:
(cont'd)
Reinforcement type Maximum spacing 𝒔
40,000
15 − 2.5𝑐𝑐 ACI 318-19
Deformed bars or 𝑓𝑠 Table 24.3.2
Lesser of:
wires 40,000
12
𝑓𝑠

Clear cover, 𝑐𝑐 = 1.5 in.

𝑓𝑠 = 40,000 psi
𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥= lesser of
11.25 in. √
and
12 in.

Since 𝑠 = 4 𝑖𝑛. < 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 11.25 𝑖𝑛. for flexural reinforcement

It's O.K.

(9) Check for deflection:

According to ACI 318-19, Section 9.3.2.2, since the applied slab ACI 318-19
thickness satisfies Table 9.3.1.1, deflections occuring after the Section
member becomes composite need not to be checked. 9.3.2.2

189
 Step Computation Reference
(10) Conclusion:
For flexural reinforcement, use #5 reinforcing rebar in every 4 in.
For shear reinforcement, use #4 reinforcing rebar in every 4 in.

6.8 Graphs and tables:

Figure 6.1 Beam uniform load

6. Beam
Figure 6.2 Beam shear diagram
Design
(cont'd)

Figure 6.3 Beam moment diagram

190
Appendix D - Flexural Reinforcement Design Equation Derivation

191
 Step Computation Reference
1. Problem:
Flexural reinforcement design equation derivation.

2. Assumptions:
(1) 60 Grade steel
(2) Specified yield strength of nonprestressed reinforcement,
𝑓𝑦 = 60,000 psi
(3) modulus of elasticity of reinforcement and structural steel,
𝐸𝑠 = 29,000 ksi
(4) Assume tension equals compression, 𝑇 = 𝐶
(5) Assume tension reinforcemen is yielding

3. Derivation:
Since tension reinforcement is yielding, the tension force in the
reinforcement will be the area of reinforcement, 𝐴,𝑠multiplied by
the yielding stress of reinforcement, 𝑓𝑦
Therefore,
𝑇 = 𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 (Eq. 1)
And,
𝐶 = 0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝑏𝑎
If assume,
𝑇=𝐶
the equation becomes,
Derivation
𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 = 0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝑏𝑎
To:
𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦
𝑎=
0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝑏
𝑑
Multiply by , it becomes:
𝑑
𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 𝑑
𝑎= ×
0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝑏 𝑑
𝐴𝑠
Since the equation of reinforcement ratio is ʃ= (Eq. 2)
𝑏𝑑
Therefore, ʃ𝑓𝑦 𝑑
𝑎=
0.85𝑓𝑐′ (Eq. 3)
The expression of nominal moment is:
𝑎
𝑀𝑛 = 𝐶(𝑑 − )
2
or
𝑎
𝑀𝑛 = 𝑇(𝑑 − )
2
Because of the Eq. 1 and the assumption that tension equals to
compression, the equation of nomimal moment becomes:
𝑎
𝑀𝑛 = 𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 (𝑑 − )
2 (Eq. 4)

192
 Step Computation Reference
For design moment, multiply Eq. 4 by ∅
𝑎
∅𝑀𝑛 = ∅𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 (𝑑 − )
2 (Eq. 5)
Bring Eq. 3 into Eq. 5, it becomes:
ʃ𝑓𝑦 𝑑
∅𝑀𝑛 = ∅𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 (𝑑 − ) (Eq. 6)
1.7𝑓𝑐′
Bring Eq. 2 into Eq. 6, it becomes:
ʃ𝑓𝑦 𝑑
∅𝑀𝑛 = ∅ʃ𝑏𝑑𝑓𝑦 (𝑑 − ) (Eq. 7)
1.7𝑓𝑐′
For design,
∅𝑀𝑛 ≥ 𝑀𝑢

Assume ∅𝑀𝑛 = 𝑀𝑢 for this derivation

Therefore, Eq. 7 becomes:
ʃ𝑓𝑦 𝑑
𝑀𝑢 = ∅ʃ𝑏𝑑𝑓𝑦 (𝑑 − )
1.7𝑓𝑐′ (Eq. 8)

Divide both sides of Eq. 8 by ∅𝑏𝑑2

ʃ𝑓𝑦 𝑑
∅ʃ𝑏𝑑𝑓𝑦 (𝑑 − )
𝑀𝑢 1.7𝑓𝑐′
=
∅𝑏𝑑2 ∅𝑏𝑑 2
ʃ𝑓𝑦
∅𝑏𝑑2 ʃ𝑓𝑦 (1 − )
Derivation 𝑀𝑢 1.7𝑓𝑐′
=
∅𝑏𝑑2 ∅𝑏𝑑 2

𝑀𝑢 ʃ𝑓𝑦
= ʃ𝑓𝑦 (1 − )
∅𝑏𝑑 2 1.7𝑓𝑐′ (Eq. 9)

Set 𝑀𝑢
𝑅𝑢 =
∅𝑏𝑑2 (Eq. 10)

Now, Eq. 9 becomes:

ʃ𝑓𝑦
𝑅𝑢 = ʃ𝑓𝑦 (1 − )
1.7𝑓𝑐′
𝑓𝑦2
(ʃ)2 − ʃ 𝑓𝑦 + 𝑅𝑢 = 0 (Eq. 11)
1.7𝑓𝑐′

Now it becomes a quadratic equation, the root is:

4𝑅𝑢 𝑓𝑦2
𝑓𝑦 ± 𝑓𝑦2 −
1.7𝑓𝑐′
ʃ=
2𝑓𝑦2
1.7𝑓𝑐′

193
 Step Computation Reference

4𝑅𝑢
𝑓𝑦 ± 𝑓𝑦 1 −
1.7𝑓𝑐′
ʃ=
2𝑓𝑦2
1.7𝑓𝑐′

2𝑅𝑢
1± 1−
0.85𝑓𝑐′
ʃ=
𝑓𝑦
0.85𝑓𝑐′

2𝑅𝑢 𝑓𝑦
1± 1−
0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝑓𝑦
ʃ=
𝑓𝑦
(Eq. 12)
0.85𝑓𝑐′

Set 𝑓𝑦
𝑚=
0.85𝑓𝑐′ (Eq. 13)

Now, Eq. 12 becomes:

2𝑅𝑢 𝑚
1± 1−
𝑓𝑦
ʃ=
𝑚
Derivation

1 2𝑅𝑢 𝑚
ʃ= (1 ± 1 − )
𝑚 𝑓𝑦
(Eq. 14)
Take negative sign root for this equation
4. Conclusion:
The required flexural reinforcement could be determined by:

𝑓𝑦
𝑚=
0.85𝑓𝑐′

𝑀𝑢
𝑅𝑢 =
∅𝑏𝑑2

1 2𝑅𝑢 𝑚
ʃ𝑟𝑞𝑑 = (1 − 1 − )
𝑚 𝑓𝑦

194